As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 18, 2019
Registration Statement No. 333-233233
|
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT No.1
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
BT BRANDS, INC. |
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) |
Delaware |
|
5812 |
|
81-4744185 |
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
|
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
405 Main Avenue West
Suite 2D
West Fargo, ND 58078
Phone: (701) 277-0080
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
Kenneth Brimmer, Chief Operating Officer
405 Main Avenue West
Suite 2D
West Fargo, ND 58078
Phone: (701) 277-0080
Email: kbrimmer@itsburgertime.com
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
Copies to:
William P. Ruffa, Esq.
Ruffa & Ruffa, P.C.
Phone: (646) 831-0320
Email: bruffa@lawruffa.com
Approximate date of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on the Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. x
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same offering: ¨
Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer |
¨ |
Accelerated filer |
¨ |
Non-accelerated filer |
¨ |
Smaller reporting company |
x |
Emerging growth company |
x |
If an emerging growth company indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ¨
|
|
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered |
|
Amount to be Registered (1) |
|
Proposed Maximum Offering Price per Share (2) |
|
Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price |
|
Amount of Registration Fee (2) |
|
|||||||
Common stock, par value $0.001 |
|
1,330,005 |
|
$ |
1.50 |
|
$ |
1,995,007.50 |
|
$ |
241.80 |
|
||||
Shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of private placement warrants (4)(5) |
|
205,006 |
|
$ |
2.00 |
|
$ |
410,012.00 |
|
$ |
49.70 |
|
||||
Shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of Placement Agent Warrants (6)(7) |
|
32,801 |
|
$ |
1.65 |
|
$ |
54,121.65 |
|
$ |
6.60 |
|
||||
Total: |
|
1,567,812 |
|
$ |
2,459,141.15 |
|
$ |
298.10 |
(5) |
_____________
(1)
|
Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, the shares offered hereby also include an indeterminate number of additional shares of common stock as may from time to time become issuable by reason of stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or other similar transactions. |
(2) |
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based upon the original sale price of the shares of common stock sold at a price per share of $1.50 in a private placement offering that closed on July 31, 2018. |
(3) |
No fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. |
(4) |
Represents shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at an original exercise price of $2.00 per share. |
(5) |
Previously paid. |
(6) |
The proposed maximum offering price per share is estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(g) using the price at which the warrants may be exercised. |
(7) |
Represents shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Placement Agent Warrants at an original exercise price of $1.65 per share. |
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a) may determine.
i |
|
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 18, 2019
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
BT BRANDS, INC.
1,567,812 Shares of Common Stock
This prospectus relates to the offering and resale by the selling stockholders identified herein (the “Selling Stockholders”) of up to 1,567,812 shares of common stock of BT Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company”), which includes: (i) 410,005 shares of common stock issued to investors in a private placement of our securities that closed on July 31, 2018 (the “2018 Private Placement”); (ii) 205,006 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants sold to investors in the 2018 Private Placement (“Warrants”); (iii) 32,801 shares of common stock underlying warrants that we issued to the placement agent and certain of its designees in the 2018 Private Placement (“Placement Agent Warrants”); and (iv) 920,000 shares of common stock held by certain persons who owned our stock prior to the completion of the 2018 Private Offering.” We are not selling any securities under this prospectus and we will not receive proceeds from the sale of the shares by the Selling Stockholders. However, upon any exercise of the Warrants and the Placement Agent Warrants by payment of cash, we will receive the exercise price of the Warrants and the Placement Agent Warrants. We provide more information about the 2018 Private Placement in the section entitled “Prospectus Summary—Description of the 2018 Private Placement” beginning on page 7 of this prospectus.
The Selling Stockholders may sell or otherwise dispose of the common stock covered by this prospectus at a fixed price of $2.50 per share until our common stock is quoted on the OTC QB or another OTC Markets trading system, if ever, and thereafter at prevailing market prices or at privately negotiated prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale or at negotiated prices. We provide more information about how the Selling Stockholders may sell or otherwise dispose of the common stock covered by this prospectus in the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 60 of this prospectus.
We will pay the expenses of registering the securities covered by this registration statement, but all selling and other expenses incurred by the Selling Stockholders will be paid by the Selling Stockholder.
This is an initial public offering of our common stock. No public market currently exists for our common stock or any of our securities. As of the date of this prospectus, our common stock is held by 23 holders of record and we do not currently meet the initial listing standards of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter trading system. At such time as we satisfy all of the criteria for gaining admission to quotation on the OTCQB, including the number of round lots holders of our common stock, we will seek to identify a broker-dealer to file an application with the Financial Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, for our common stock to be admitted to quotation on the OTCQB Market. We cannot assure you that we ever will meet the initial listing standards of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter trading system, that a market maker will agree to file an application with FINRA, that such an application for quotation will be approved or, that if approved, a public market will develop for our common stock. We do not intend to seek to initiate a trading market for the Warrants.
We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.
OUR BUSINESS IS SUBJECT TO MANY RISKS AND AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK WILL ALSO INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FACTORS DESCRIBED UNDER THE HEADING “RISK FACTORS” BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 BEFORE INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
The date of this prospectus is _____________, 2019
ii |
|
v |
|||
vi |
|||
7 |
|||
13 |
|
||
14 |
|||
31 |
|
||
31 |
|
||
31 |
|
||
32 |
|||
32 |
|||
40 |
|||
49 |
|||
49 |
|||
53 |
|||
55 |
|
||
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT. |
56 |
||
56 |
|
||
58 |
|
||
61 |
|
||
64 |
|||
66 |
|||
66 |
|||
66 |
|||
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. |
F-1 |
iii |
|
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any prospectus supplement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as the SEC. Neither we nor the Selling Stockholders have authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus. The Selling Stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus, any related prospectus supplement and any related free writing prospectus is accurate only as of the respective dates of those documents. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.
iv |
|
Table of Contents |
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Business,” contains express or implied forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, contained in this prospectus and in any related prospectus supplement are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “could,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,”, “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “intend,” “predict,” “seek,” “contemplate,” “project,” “continue,” “potential,” “ongoing” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:
|
· |
capital requirements and the availability of capital to fund our growth; |
|
· |
difficulties executing our growth strategy, including developing new restaurants and completing acquisitions that are profitable; |
|
· |
all the risks of acquiring one or more existing restaurants or an existing restaurant business, including identifying a suitable target, completing comprehensive due diligence uncovering all information relating to the target, the financial stability of the target, the impact on our financial condition of the debt we may incur in acquiring the target, the ability to integrate the target’s operations with our existing operations, our ability to retain management and key employees of the target, among other factors attendant to acquisitions of small, non-public operating companies; |
|
· |
difficulties in increasing restaurant revenue and comparable restaurant sales; |
|
· |
our failure to prevent food safety and food-borne illness incidents; |
|
· |
shortages or interruptions in the supply or delivery of food products; |
|
· |
our dependence on a small number of suppliers and a single distribution company; |
|
· |
negative publicity relating to any one of our restaurants; |
|
· |
competition from other restaurant chains with significantly greater resources than we have; |
|
· |
changes in consumer tastes and nutritional and dietary trends; |
|
· |
our inability to manage our growth; |
|
· |
our inability to maintain an adequate level of cash flow, or access to capital, to meet growth expectations; |
|
· |
changes in senior management, loss of one or more key personnel or an inability to attract, hire, integrate and retain skilled personnel; |
|
· |
labor shortages, unionization activities, labor disputes or increased labor costs, including increased labor costs resulting from minimum wage increases; |
|
· |
our vulnerability to increased food, commodity and energy costs; |
|
· |
our vulnerability to increasing labor costs; |
|
· |
the impact of governmental laws and regulation; |
|
· |
failure to obtain and maintain required licenses and permits to comply with food control regulations; |
|
· |
changes in economic conditions and adverse weather and other unforeseen conditions, especially in the upper midwestern United States where most of our restaurants currently are located; and |
|
· |
inadequately protecting our intellectual property or breaches of security of confidential consumer information. |
v |
|
Table of Contents |
These statements relate to future events or our future operational or financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, in any related prospectus supplement and in any related free writing prospectus.
Any forward-looking statement in this prospectus, in any related prospectus supplement and in any related free writing prospectus reflects our current view with respect to future events and is subject to these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to our business, results of operations, industry and future growth. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance. You should read this prospectus, any related prospectus supplement and any related free writing prospectus and the documents that we reference herein and therein and have filed as exhibits hereto and thereto completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available in the future.
This prospectus also contains or may contain estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the markets for our products, including data regarding the estimated size of those markets and their projected growth rates. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances reflected in this information. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained these industry, business, market and other data from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by third parties, industry and general publications, government data and similar sources. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which these data are derived.
We operate on a 52/53-week year ending on Sunday closest to December 31. Most years consist of four 13-week accounting periods comprising the 52-week year. Fiscal 2018 was a 52-week period ending December 30, 2018 and fiscal 2017 was the 52-week period ending on December 31, 2017. Fiscal 2016 was a 53-week year ending January 1, 2017 and the final quarter of fiscal 2016 was a 14-week period.
vi |
|
Table of Contents |
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before deciding to invest in our securities, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to BT Brands, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Company Overview
We own and operate fast food restaurants in the north-central United States and are seeking to expand both into other regions and into other foodservice concepts. We currently own and operate eight Burger Time restaurants in Minnesota, North Dakota and South Dakota and a Dairy Queen franchise in Ham Lake, Minnesota. The first Burger Time restaurant opened in Fargo, North Dakota in 1987.
Our operating principles for Burger Time include: (i) offering bigger burgers and more value for the money; (ii) offering a limited menu to permit attention to quality and speed of preparation; (iii) providing fast service by way of single and double drive-thru designs and a point-of-sale system at our restaurants that expedites the ordering and preparation process; and (iv) great tasting quality food made fresh to order at a fair price. Our primary strategy is to serve the drive-thru and take-out segment of the restaurant industry.
We currently operate in the fast food hamburger category of the quick service restaurant, or QSR, segment of the restaurant industry. Fast food restaurants are characterized by limited menus, limited or no table service and fast service. In 2018, QSRs represented 80 percent of total commercial foodservice visits in the United States and every day about 50 million Americans eat fast food. In 2018, this segment generated $256 billion in revenue in the U.S., making it the largest segment of the restaurant industry.
Our Burger Time restaurants feature a variety of juicy, flame broiled burgers that we refer to as “Bigger Burgers” because they are made with 25% more meat than the typical quarter pound burger offerings served by our competitors. Each burger is made to a customer’s individual order so that they are served hot and fresh. Burger favorites include a mushroom Swiss burger, a jalapeno burger, and a full pound burger to satisfy the heartiest appetite. Other entrees include chicken sandwiches, pulled pork sandwiches and chicken tenders. We offer an array of traditional and signature sides, many of which have evolved into regional favorites, such as large cut battered onion rings, cheese curds, fried pickle spears and chicken fries. We also offer soft drinks and other reasonably priced food and beverage items. From time to time, we offer specialty sandwiches and wraps at similar price points. Our limited menu is designed to deliver quality products, a high flavor profile and speedy delivery resulting in outstanding total value for the customer.
For our Burger Time concept, our objective is to serve customers within 60 seconds of their arrival during the peak day parts of lunch and dinner and within 3 minutes at other times. We achieve this utilizing our single and double drive-thru format and our integrated restaurant design and equipment lay-out that allows us to deliver exceptional food with fast service times.
Our Strategy
We are seeking to increase value for our shareholders in the foodservice industry. We expect to pursue the acquisition of multi-unit restaurant concepts and individual restaurant properties at attractive multiples of earnings. Once acquired, we will operate the business or businesses with a shared central management organization. Assuming we are successful in acquiring an operating business, following the acquisition, we expect to pursue expansion in the number of locations and to increase comparable store sales and profits. Among the possible growth strategies, we may acquire operating assets where a franchise rollout of the acquired foodservice business is concluded by management to be the most appropriate growth plan. Management of a franchise business will expose the Company to additional risks that we do not currently face.
Our business plan is to grow through acquisitions in the foodservice industry. In addition, we may develop additional Burger Time locations through the acquisition and conversion of existing properties. We also expect to identify and complete acquisitions of existing restaurant units and multi-unit chains which could be operated and expanded through the addition of new locations.
7 |
|
Table of Contents |
The financing we received from the 2018 Private Placement described herein did not provide sufficient capital to complete a significant restaurant acquisition. Recently, we have been reviewing potential acquisitions that will allow us to leverage our existing infrastructure with established profitable locations as we seek a high return on our invested capital; however, we do not have any specific acquisitions planned. Any such acquisition likely will require raising additional capital to complete the purchase and to grow the business. It is possible that future acquisitions may have locations which could converted to Burger Time stores.
We will seek to acquire one or more existing restaurants and/or restaurant chains, including concepts that feature menu options that differ from the menu items we offer at Burger Time. Restaurant businesses become available for acquisition frequently and we believe that we may be able to purchase either individual properties or multi-unit businesses at prices providing an attractive return on our investment. Successful execution of our acquisition strategy will allow us to diversify our operations both into other dining concepts and geographic locations. This strategy may include one or more restaurants that lease locations from a third party as opposed to owning the real property on which the stores are located. This approach would result in a change to our historical core business model which was to own the real estate on which our restaurants operate. This approach may prove to be riskier to our business and less appealing to investors and potential sources of funding.
In all cases, implementation of our growth strategy is contingent upon the availability of adequate financing to fund both the acquisition and our expansion
Risks Associated with Our Business
Before you invest in our securities, you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including but not limited to the following risks and uncertainties that may materially affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as described more fully in the section entitled “Risk Factors:”
|
· |
Obtaining adequate capital to fund our growth, either through the acquisition of an existing business or the opening of new restaurants, both of which strategies are capital intensive. |
|
· |
The difficulties we will encounter executing our growth strategy and opening new restaurants that are profitable. |
|
· |
Overcoming the risks of acquiring an existing restaurant business, including identifying a suitable target, completing comprehensive due diligence, the financial stability of the target,, the impact on our financial condition of the debt we may incur in acquiring the prospect, the ability to integrate operations with our existing operations, our ability to retain management and key employees of the target, among other factors attendant to acquisitions of small, non-public operating companies. |
|
· |
One of our strategies has been to acquire properties which have discontinued operations for any number of reasons, including that these locations may not have been profitable for the prior owners. We will rely on the experience and judgment of management in determining whether we can make these locations profitable for us. Our failure to properly evaluate these locations will reduce the capital we have available to open other locations or make acquisitions and will otherwise negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. |
|
· |
We currently depend, and will continue to depend for the foreseeable future, on a small number of restaurants for all our revenues and profits. |
|
· |
Most of our restaurants are currently located in the North Central region of the United States and this geographic concentration makes us vulnerable to severe weather, local economic conditions, demographic trends and regional events. |
|
· |
Our North Dakota restaurants are in areas that are economically affected by the regional oil and gas industry that traditionally experiences “boom and bust” periods of activity depending on commodity prices for oil and gas. |
|
· |
We operate in a highly competitive segment of the restaurant industry. |
|
· |
We expect to acquire or open locations in geographic areas where we have no prior operating experience and we may fail to effectively identify all of the risks associated with new sites. |
8 |
|
Table of Contents |
|
· |
We rely on certain vendors, suppliers and distributors for all our supplies and any failure by them to fulfill their obligations to us could have a material adverse impact on our business. |
|
· |
We rely on Gary Copperud, our Chief Executive Officer, Kenneth Brimmer, our Chief Operating Officer, and Mark Petri, our Manager of Operations, and should we lose the services of any of them, our business and plans for future growth would likely suffer a material adverse effect. |
|
· |
Real estate valuations and metrics that determine such valuations may shift over time in a way that fails to enhance one of our principal growth strategies. |
|
· |
Becoming subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will significantly increase our fixed annual costs and may strain our resources and distract management, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner. |
|
· |
There is no current trading market for our common stock and since we do not currently meet the initial listing standards of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter trading system our common stock may not be listed in the foreseeable future, if ever, and if a trading market does not develop, you may be unable to resell your shares. |
|
· |
Any market that does develop for our common stock may not be sufficiently liquid for you to sell your shares. |
Our Corporate History
The Company was incorporated in the state of Delaware as Hartmax of NY, Inc. in January 2016 with nominal or no assets or operations, and, until the Share Exchange described below, was majority-owned by affiliates of the placement agent in the 2018 Private Placement described below. Upon the closing of the 2018 Private Placement, the Company and BTND, LLC, a Colorado limited liability company, which we refer to as BTND, entered into a Share Exchange Agreement whereby the members of BTND exchanged all of their membership interests in BTND for shares of our common stock comprising 85.9% of the outstanding shares of our Company, without giving effect to the sale of any securities sold in the 2018 Private Placement. Two affiliates of the placement agent together held 11.7% of our common stock, without giving effect to the sale of any securities sold in the 2018 Private Placement. After giving effect to the Share Exchange, the Company became the sole member of BTND and BTND’s managing member, Gary Copperud, became the chief executive officer of the Company. Following with the Share Exchange, the Company changed its name to BT Brands, which is the parent company of BTND, which in turn became a wholly-owned operating subsidiary of the Company.
On June 13, 2019, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our certificate of incorporation, to change the corporate name to “BT Brands, Inc.” to better reflect its multi-faceted growth plan, and to adopt certain provisions that are in line with its status as a public company. On June 13, 2019, the Company adopted amended and restated bylaws, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our bylaws, also to reflect the Company’s status as a public company. A copy of each of these documents is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
The Burger Time brand originated in August 1987 with the opening of the first restaurant in Fargo, North Dakota. Over the next five years, several additional Burger Time restaurants were opened and remain in operation in Minnesota, North Dakota and South Dakota. In 2005, the restaurant assets were sold to STEN Corporation, a public company of which Kenneth Brimmer, our Chief Operating Officer, Chairman and member of board of directors, and Gary Copperud, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, were and remain affiliates. In May 2007, BTND purchased the assets of the Burger Time from STEN Corporation and has maintained control of those assets since. Gary Copperud had been the managing member of BTND since the acquisition in 2007 until the closing of the 2018 Private Placement and Merger.
Since 2007, BTND from time to time sold restaurant assets, including the underlying real property, for a profit, resulting in the closing of the stores located on the respective properties, and BTND has closed two other stores upon the expiration of the leaseholds on which they were located. In December 2018, we closed a store located in Richmond Indiana which was open for only 18 months.
9 |
|
Table of Contents |
Our Corporate Information
The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 405 Main Avenue West, Suite 2D, West Fargo, ND 58078, and our telephone number is (701) 277-0080. The Company’s website address is www.itsburgertime.com. Our website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this prospectus. You should not rely on any information on that website in making your decision to purchase shares of our common stock.
Description of the 2018 Private Placement
On July 31, 2018, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with 12 accredited investors (collectively, the “Purchasers”) under which we issued and sold an aggregate of 410,005 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $1.50 per share and warrants to purchase up to 205,006 shares of our common stock with an initial exercise price equal to $2.00 per share (the “Warrants”). The Company received approximately $615,018 in gross proceeds from the sale of the securities in the 2018 Private Placement. After deducting placement agent fees and other expenses payable by us in connection with the 2018 Private Offering, we received net proceeds of approximately $492,266. If all of the Warrants were exercised for cash, we would receive additional proceeds of $410,012; however, because we did not have effective under federal securities laws a registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants by February 26, 2019, the Warrants became exercisable on a cashless basis at the discretion of the holders of such Warrants. We cannot predict whether the Warrants will be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, if they are exercised at all.
The Warrants:
|
· |
expire on July 31, 2023, five years from the date of issuance; |
|
· |
are redeemable by the Company at a price of $0.01 per Warrant at any time if the closing price of the common stock equals or exceeds $4.00 per share for at least fifteen trading days, consecutive or not, over the prior thirty-day period; |
|
· |
contain provisions for the adjustment of the number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise and of the exercise price under certain circumstances (excluding certain specific issuances of stock under stock plans or upon the exercise of outstanding convertible securities, among other things); and |
|
· |
provide the holder with the right to receive, in the event of any change in the common stock through merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation, purchase of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, or other change in the capital structure of the Company, upon the exercise of the Warrants the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property to which the holder of a Warrant would have been entitled if it had held shares of common stock on the date of such event. |
A more detailed description of the Warrants is provided under the heading entitled “Description of Securities—Warrants.”
The securities issued in the 2018 Private Placement were offered and issued to the Purchasers in reliance on the exemption from registration provided in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act, and Rule 506(b) promulgated thereunder. The common stock and the shares of common stock underlying the Warrants are being registered for resale by the respective holders thereof pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
On the closing of the 2018 Private Placement, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with the Purchasers pursuant to which we agreed that we would promptly, but by no later than November 18, 2018, file a registration statement with the SEC covering the shares of common stock issued in the 2018 Private Placement and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and cause such registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC by February 26, 2019. Since we did not achieve this deadline, the Warrants and the Placement Agent Warrants, which are described below, may be exercised, in the discretion of the holders, on a cashless basis. Additionally, the investors in the 2018 Private Placement are entitled to certain piggyback registration rights for the common stock and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants they hold in the event such shares are not otherwise registered for resale.
10 |
|
Table of Contents |
We are filing this registration statement on Form S-1 to fulfill our contractual obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. We have agreed with the Purchasers to keep this registration statement effective until the earlier of: (i) the date on which all of the shares of common stock covered by this registration statement have been sold and (ii) the date on which all of the shares of common stock covered by this registration statement may be immediately sold to the public by non-affiliates without registration or restriction. We also have agreed to indemnify the Purchasers against liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and state securities laws, relating to the registration of the common stock offered by this prospectus.
As required under the Registration Rights Agreement, we are paying all expenses in connection with any registration obligation provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, filing, stock exchange fees, printing expenses, all fees and expenses of complying with applicable securities laws.
In connection with the 2018 Private Placement, BTND entered into a Letter of Engagement with Maxim Group, LLC, or Maxim, a FINRA member broker-dealer, to act as the placement agent for the 2018 Private Placement. In consideration of its services as placement agent, (i) we paid to Maxim a cash fee of approximately $49,200, equal to 8% of the gross proceeds we received under the Purchase Agreement; (ii) we issued to Maxim and a permitted designee of Maxim certain warrants (the “Placement Agent Warrants”) to purchase up to an aggregate of 32,801 shares of common stock, or 8% of the aggregate number of securities issued in connection with the 2018 Private Placement; (iii) granted to Maxim and its designee registration rights with respect to all the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants; and (iv) paid certain expenses incurred by Maxim in connection with serving as the placement agent in the amount of $40,000.
The Placement Agent Warrants:
|
· |
expire on July 31, 2023; |
|
· |
are exercisable at a price per share equal to $1.65, which is subject to adjustment for the number of shares of common stock issuable (i) in any forward or reverse split of our common stock or (ii) the payment of a dividend in shares of common stock; |
|
· |
provide the holder with the right to receive, in the event of any change in the common stock through merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation, purchase of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, or other change in the capital structure of the Company, upon the exercise of the Warrants the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property to which the holder of a Warrant would have been entitled if it had held shares of common stock on the date of such event. |
The Placement Agent Warrants are not redeemable by the Company.
A more detailed description of the Placement Agent Warrants is provided under the heading entitled “Description of Securities— Placement Agent Warrants.”
If all of the Placement Agent Warrants were exercised for cash, we would receive proceeds of $54,120; however, because we did not have effective under federal securities laws a registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants by February 26, 2019, they became exercisable on a cashless basis at the discretion of the holders of such Placement Agent Warrants. We cannot predict whether the Placement Agent Warrants will be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, if they are exercised at all.
We have granted the holders of the Placement Agent Warrants registration rights identical to those granted to the Purchasers in the 2018 Private Placement. After the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants are registered for resale under the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the Placement Agent Warrants may not be transferred, assigned or hypothecated for a period of six months, except that the Placement Agent Warrants and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants may be assigned, to certain specified persons who are affiliated with Maxim or to any successor to Maxim’s business.
Certain affiliates of Maxim and another individual who owned an aggregate of 920,000 shares of our common stock in the Company prior to the completion of the Share Exchange are entitled to the same registration rights as the investors in the 2018 Private Placement, as described above; and have elected to include their shares of common stock in this registration statement.
11 |
|
Table of Contents |
The foregoing descriptions of the Purchase Agreement, the Warrants, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Letter of Engagement and the Placement Agents Warrants do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of each such document filed with this registration statement.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:
|
· |
two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure; |
|
· |
reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; |
|
· |
no non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and |
|
· |
exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. |
We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of our initial public offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all these exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements under the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions, as an emerging growth company, we may rely on certain of these exemptions, including without limitation, providing an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700 million and our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million or (ii) our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.
12 |
|
Table of Contents |
Securities Being Offered by the Selling Stockholders: |
|
1,567,812 shares of common stock, consisting of: |
|
||
|
|
(a) 410,005 shares of common stock that were purchased by investors in the 2018 Private Placement; |
|
||
|
|
(b) 205,006 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Warrants purchased by investors in the 2018 Private Placement. |
|
||
|
|
(c) 920,000 shares of common stock owned by certain persons who held shares of our common stock prior to the completion of the 2018 Private Offering; and |
|
||
|
|
(d) 32,801 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants that we issued to the placement agent and certain of its designees in the 2018 Private Placement. |
|
|
|
Common Stock Outstanding: |
|
We have 8,095,005 shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. |
|
|
|
Common Stock Outstanding after Offering: |
|
After giving effect to the offering and the issuance of 237,807 shares of common stock upon exercise of the Warrants and the Placement Agent Warrants, we will have 8,332,812 shares of common stock outstanding. |
|
|
|
Offering Price: |
|
The Selling Stockholders will determine at what price they may sell the offered shares, and such sales may be made at prevailing market prices in any market that may develop for the stock, or at privately negotiated prices. |
|
|
|
Transfer Agent: |
|
The transfer agent for our common stock is Action Stock Transfer Corporation, located at 2469 E. Fort Union Blvd., Suite 214, Salt Lake City, UT 84121. Its telephone number is (801) 274-1088 and its email address is action@actionstocktransfer.com. |
|
|
|
Market for the securities: |
|
No public market currently exists for our common stock or any of our securities. As of the date of this Prospectus, our common stock is held by 23 holders of record and we do not currently meet the initial listing standards of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter trading system. At such time as we satisfy all of the criteria for gaining admission to quotation on the OTCQB, including the number of round lots holders of our common stock, we will seek to identify a broker-dealer to file an application with FINRA for our common stock to be admitted to quotation on the OTCQB. We cannot assure you that we ever will meet the initial listing standards of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter trading system, that a market maker will agree to file an application with FINRA, that such an application for quotation will be approved or, that if approved, a public market will develop for our common stock.
We do not have any intention of developing a trading market for the Warrants. Without an active trading market, the liquidity of the warrants will be limited. |
|
|
|
Risk Factors: |
|
An investment in our securities involves substantial risk. You should carefully read the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus, for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. |
|
|
|
Use of Proceeds: |
|
Although we will pay all the expenses for the registration of the shares, we will not receive any proceeds from the sales by the Selling Stockholders. However, we may receive proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants and Placement Agent Warrants, and if such proceeds are received by us, they will be used to fund our working capital and for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.” |
|
|
|
Duration of Offering: |
|
We have agreed with the Purchasers in the 2018 Private Offering to keep the registration statement effective until the earlier of: (i) the date on which all of the shares of common stock covered by this registration statement have been sold and (ii) the date on which all of the shares of common stock covered by this registration statement may be immediately sold to the public by non-affiliates without registration or restriction (including, without limitation, as to volume by each holder thereof) under the Securities Act. |
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making your decision to invest in our common stock. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur. These risks could have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows and if so, our prospects would likely be materially and adversely affected. If any of such events were to happen, the trading price of our common stock in any market that may develop for our stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
For the foreseeable future, we will depend on a small number of restaurants for our revenues and profits.
We currently own and operate nine restaurants, including a single Dairy Queen franchise. Assuming we have access to adequate capital, we may open additional Burger Time restaurants in the future, in both existing and new markets. We also may seek to acquire additional restaurant properties outside of our Burger Time theme, though we do not have any present acquisition targets under consideration. Even if we are successful in opening additional Burger Time restaurants or acquiring other additional restaurants over the next two years, our restaurant base likely will continue to be relatively small. Accordingly, for the foreseeable future, our operational risk will continue to be concentrated across a small base of restaurants from which we generate revenue and profits. The failure of any of our restaurants to produce expected or otherwise satisfactory levels of revenue or profit could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of our operations.
Most of our restaurants are in the North Central region, which makes us vulnerable to regional changes in consumer preferences, economic conditions, severe weather and other unforeseen conditions that could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.
Food service businesses depend on consumer discretionary spending and are often affected by changes in consumer tastes, regional and local economic conditions and demographic trends. Factors such as traffic patterns, weather, fuel prices, local demographics and the type, number and locations of competing restaurants may adversely affect the performance of individual locations. In addition, economic downturns, inflation or increased food or energy costs could harm the restaurant industry in general and our locations. Extraordinary occurrences such as local strikes, terrorist attacks, a sharp increase in energy prices, fires or other natural or man-made disasters also could impact any of the markets in which we operate.
Further, given the current concentration of our restaurants principally in Minnesota, North Dakota and South Dakota, we are susceptible to changing consumer preferences and economic conditions in this region of the country. Our business, financial condition and results of operations depend in part on our ability to anticipate, identify and respond to changing consumer preferences and economic conditions, though we cannot assure you that we will be able to respond effectively to any such changes.
In the areas where our restaurants are concentrated, seasonal winter conditions have affected and will continue to impact our results of operations. We may be subject to adverse weather and other natural conditions, including tornadoes, floods, droughts, fires or other natural or man-made disasters. All our locations are primarily drive-through operations and most offer no indoor seating and the effects of adverse weather conditions may impact these stores. In more severe cases, adverse weather and other conditions may cause temporary restaurant closures, sometimes for prolonged periods. If weather conditions or other natural disasters reduce customer traffic at our restaurants or force us to suspend operation at any of our locations for a period of time we would experience negative restaurant revenue, which, if it persists, may result in asset impairment charges and potential restaurant closures.
Additionally, changes in state and municipal-level regulatory requirements, such as increases to the minimum wage rate, income taxes, unemployment insurance, as well as other taxes, mandatory healthcare coverage or paid leave where we operate or may desire to operate restaurants, may adversely impact our financial results.
Any one of these contingencies, or any combination of them, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.
14 |
|
Table of Contents |
Our North Dakota restaurants are economically impacted by the regional oil and gas industry that traditionally experiences “boom and bust” periods of activity depending on commodity prices for oil and gas.
Our restaurant operations are dependent on the economic health of the areas they service. Our North Dakota stores are in areas the economic health of which is materially affected by the relative prosperity of the local oil and gas industry. This industry typically experiences periods of cyclical “boom and bust” directly related to global and national prices for oil and gas. A prolonged “bust” period would likely have a negative effect on most if not all our North Dakota stores and likely would materially impact our results of operations.
We operate in the highly competitive restaurant industry. If we are not able to compete effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations will suffer.
We face significant competition from other traditional fast food establishments and increasingly from casual dining concepts which have developed delivery as an additional mode of reaching customers. The foodservice industry is highly competitive with respect to, among other things, taste, price, food quality and presentation, service, location and the ambience and condition of each restaurant. Our competition includes a variety of national and regional fast food chains and locally owned restaurants that offer carry-out, dine-in, delivery and catering services. Many of our competitors have existed longer and have a more established market presence with substantially greater financial, marketing, personnel and other resources than we do. Among our competitors in the traditional fast food segment are a number of global and national chains, including McDonalds, Burger King, Wendy’s, Sonic, Checkers, Rally’s and Carl’s Jr. Our competitors may have, among other things, lower operating costs, better locations, better facilities, better management, more effective marketing including resources to access current technology and more efficient operations. In addition, many of our competitors offer product promotions that allow them to undercut our prices or render their products more attractive. Recently, competition has intensified with our competitors offering more frequent and more aggressive promotions. Further, today many casual dining concepts are aggressively marketing delivery services both directly and through third parties which adds an additional competitive element to traditional fast food. If we are unable to compete effectively, our customer traffic and sales could decline which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our growth strategy depends principally on acquiring and/or opening new restaurants in existing and new markets. We may not be successful in operating new restaurants or establishing new markets.
Our growth strategy for the foreseeable future depends principally on acquiring and/or opening new restaurants and operating those restaurants on a profitable basis.
We will face many challenges as we seek to open and operate new restaurants, many of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to, our ability to acquire locations at a favorable cost, the expense and other factors involved in remodeling those locations, the resources we will need to allocate toward hiring managerial personnel for the new restaurants and our lack of familiarity with local regulations. Any one of these challenges, as well as others we may have not yet identified, could result in significant delays in the opening of new restaurants, significant additional and unanticipated costs being incurred by us, or both. If we are unable to open new restaurants, or if restaurant openings are significantly delayed or costlier, our revenue growth and earnings could be adversely impacted, and our business negatively affected.
We may open and acquire restaurants in geographic markets in which we have no prior operating experience. Our expansion into new markets may subject us to increased risks.
We may open or acquire restaurants in markets where we have no operating experience. Any restaurants that we operate in new markets may take longer and cost more to construct, experience higher operating costs than we anticipate and may not reach expected sales and profit levels, which will affect our overall profitability. New markets that we enter may have competitive conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns that are more difficult to predict or satisfy than our existing markets. We may need to invest more than we originally planned in advertising and promotional activity in new markets to build brand awareness. In addition, we may find it more difficult in new markets to hire, motivate and keep qualified employees. As a result, these new restaurants may be less successful than our existing restaurants. Our inability to fully implement or failure to successfully execute our plans to enter new markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
15 |
|
Table of Contents |
Our existing indebtedness requires significant cash to service, which may hinder our ability to expand our business and maintain profitability.
We currently have mortgages on all but one of our real properties. Servicing our debt, consumes a considerable amount of our monthly cash flow. Our indebtedness may make it more difficult for us to execute our business strategy to expand our number of restaurants by either interfering with our ability to borrow money to complete an acquisition.
While our operations currently service our existing debt and while we believe that we can continue to effectively service existing debt, there is no guarantee that this will always be true and any one of the material risks discussed in this section, as well as others we may not have identified, could disrupt our ability to service debt so severely as to create a material adverse effect on us.
If we fail to effectively identify and acquire new or existing restaurants, our business, financial condition and results of operations will suffer.
One of our biggest challenges as we seek to grow our business is to identify and secure suitable acquisition opportunities. Competition for both acquisition opportunities such as those we are seeking is intense and competitors may have significantly greater financial resources than we do which will allow them to bid more aggressively for those opportunities. We cannot assure you that enough new opportunities will be available in desirable areas or on terms that are acceptable to us in order to grow our business. If we are unable to open new restaurants, or if restaurant openings are significantly delayed, our revenue growth and earnings could be adversely impacted, and our business negatively affected.
There are numerous factors involved in identifying, evaluating, and securing restaurant acquisition, including:
|
· |
evaluating traffic patterns, local retail and business attractions and infrastructure that will drive high levels of customer traffic and sales; |
|
· |
competition in new markets, including competition for restaurant sites; |
|
· |
obtaining licenses or permits for development projects on a timely basis; |
|
· |
proximity of potential restaurant sites to existing restaurants; |
|
· |
anticipated commercial, residential and infrastructure development near the potential restaurant site; and |
|
· |
availability of acceptable acquisition or lease terms and arrangements. |
Given the numerous factors involved, we may not be able to successfully identify and secure attractive restaurant acquisitions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may acquire restaurant sites that previously had been operated as fast food restaurants but that discontinued operations for any number of reasons. Our experience shows that there are a number of these sites with improvements available for purchase. If we purchase properties such as these, we may be able to utilize the existing structure and remodel or reconstruct them to our specifications. We may convert these locations into Burger Time restaurants at a cost savings relative to new construction. The low cost of entry cost allows us to operate profitably where other fast food restaurants may not be able to because, for example, franchise fees may reduce the owner’s profits below what might be acceptable. In making an assessment as to the viability of locating our restaurants on these types of sites, we will utilize our best judgment as to the likelihood that we can achieve success at such locations in view of any failures experienced by the prior owners. If we fail to properly assess the risks of opening a restaurant at these types of locations, we may be forced to close the restaurant, in which case we will incur losses for the preopening and other operating expenses incurred in connection restaurants, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
16 |
|
Table of Contents |
Expansion of our operations through the acquisition of one or more existing food-service chains is subject to many risks which could negatively impact our combined operations and financial condition.
We may pursue expansion of our business through the acquisition of one or more existing restaurant chains. Any such chain may be in geographic regions in which we have not operated and may offer fare different from our existing restaurants. Our strategy to pursue expansion through the acquisition of an existing chain is and our business after such acquisition will be subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including all the risk’s attendant to our existing Burger Time operations as outlined in this prospectus and numerous other factors, including:
|
· |
the investigation of the business of the target chain and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs and if we decide not to or cannot complete a specific acquisition, the costs incurred likely would not be recoverable; |
||
|
· |
the target chain may be a privately held company about which very little public information may exist and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue the acquisition of such business on the basis of limited information, which may result in an acquisition of a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all; |
||
|
· |
the chain that we acquire may be financially unstable; |
||
|
· |
we may not be able to retain the management or other key personnel of the chain that we acquire; |
||
|
· |
our corporate culture could be irreconcilably different than the corporate culture of the business that we acquire, making the integration of the acquired chain difficult or impossible; |
||
|
· |
our ability to assess a target chain’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information; |
||
|
· |
we may experience impairment of tangible and intangible assets and goodwill acquired in the acquisition; |
||
|
· |
the target business may have unknown liabilities; |
||
|
· |
we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete the acquisition of an existing chain and the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including: |
|
o |
default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after such acquisition are insufficient to repay our debt obligations; |
|
|
o |
our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; |
|
|
o |
our inability to pay dividends on our common stock; |
|
|
o |
using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions, and fund other general corporate purposes; |
|
|
o |
limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the foodservice industry; |
|
|
o |
increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; |
|
|
o |
limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, and execution of our strategy; and |
|
|
o |
other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt. |
These factors, among the many other risks and uncertainties that typically associated with acquisitions of existing businesses could negatively impact our Company generally, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
17 |
|
Table of Contents |
We will experience significant competition in our efforts to identify and acquire new restaurant groups.
One of our principal growth strategies entails acquiring a new restaurant group at an attractive price relative to revenue and earnings. Competition to acquire these operations is intense and we may not successfully identify a suitable target for some time, if at all. We expect that we will experience competition from other businesses having a business objective similar to ours. These include other restaurant businesses seeking to grow through acquisitions and venture capital firms and leveraged buyout firms that specialize in the restaurant industry transactions. Many of these entities are well established, possess significant capital, and have extensive experience identifying and affecting restaurant acquisition transactions directly or through affiliates. Moreover, nearly all of these competitors possess greater technical, personnel and other resources than us.
We may acquire an existing restaurant group that offers different categories of food than our existing restaurants and with which we will have no or limited familiarity. Our failure to manage these new restaurants properly could negatively impact our overall operations and financial performance and deplete our capital resources.
Our management has operated our Burger Time restaurants since 2005 and has gained considerable experience operating establishments that focus on burgers and related fare. We may acquire an individual restaurant property or a restaurant chain that serves food other than burgers and the other food items we offer at our Burger Time and DQ restaurants with which our management has limited familiarity. Though we expect to attempt to retain key personnel of any existing restaurant group we acquire to assist us with managing the new restaurants, we may not be able to retain such personnel for any meaningful period. Moreover, even if we retain management from the acquired chain, our executive officers may not manage the new restaurants profitably for numerous reasons, including our inability to predict the consumer preferences and trends that drive the success of these types of restaurants. Any failure to properly manage the restaurants comprising an acquired restaurant group could, among other negative effects, adversely impact our operations and deplete our capital resources, which would affect our financial condition and the market price for our common stock, if such a market were to develop.
Our growth strategy is capital intensive and will require substantial additional capital to execute and this capital might not be available.
Our growth for the foreseeable future depends principally on opening or acquiring new restaurants and operating those restaurants on a profitable basis. The approximate cost of acquiring and converting a single Burger Time storefront, including remodeling, has historically ranged from $325,000-$525,000, and we expect that this cost will continue to fall within this range for the foreseeable future. The cost of acquiring an independent restaurant group will range based on the number of restaurants comprising the group and their profitability. We expect to seek to acquire an existing business up to $10 million. We will seek to raise funds for any of such purposes by way of equity or debt financings. If we raise additional funds through issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which might make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including opening new restaurants or making further attractive acquisitions. Moreover, if we issue debt securities, the debt holders would have rights senior to common stockholders to make claims on our assets. In addition, we might not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.
Rising interest rates could negatively impact our performance and acquisition plans.
Rising interest rates could significantly increase our cost of borrowing or could make it difficult or impossible for us to obtain financing in the future. An increased cost of borrowing would make it more expensive for us to acquire properties to convert into Burger Time units or to acquire an existing restaurant group, which may negatively impact our performance. If we are unable to obtain financing in the future, our growth could be limited, which could negatively impact our business and operating results.
18 |
|
Table of Contents |
Real estate valuations may shift such that our strategy to grow by acquiring and converting existing properties into Burger Time restaurants is no longer economically feasible.
Our strategy to grow our business by purchasing existing properties and converting them into Burger Time stores typically is enhanced by certain inefficiencies that we believe exist between real estate valuation metrics for unoccupied commercial buildings and commercial buildings with long term, high quality tenants. There are reasons to believe that our ability to rely on such inefficiencies will erode over time, as competitors in the real estate industry identify them and attempt to exploit them, or as the real estate market evolves to reduce such inefficiencies or eliminate them altogether. If this strategy becomes unavailable to us, we may have to grow by more conventional means at higher cost and greater risk to us.
Our growth strategy may divert management’s attention from operating our existing restaurants.
As we execute our growth strategy, management will be focused on the numerous complex and time-consuming activities required to open new restaurants or to acquire, integrate and operate an existing restaurant group. These activities may divert management’s attention from effectively operating our existing restaurants and our existing restaurants may suffer. If the time management allocates to implementing our growth strategies interferes with its ability to manage our existing restaurants and our revenues decline at the existing restaurants, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.
New Burger Time restaurants may not perform up to our expectations or be profitable at all.
New restaurants, especially those opening in locations where the Burger Time concept is not that well-known or known at all, may experience lower than predicted initial sales. Moreover, we expect that all our new Burger Time restaurants will require several months after opening, if not longer, to reach their targeted restaurant-level operating margins due to cost of sales and labor inefficiencies. Our ability to operate new restaurants profitably will depend on many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:
|
· |
consumer awareness and understanding of our brand; |
|
· |
general economic conditions, which can affect restaurant traffic, local labor costs and prices we pay for the food products and other supplies we use; |
|
· |
changes in consumer preferences and discretionary spending; |
|
· |
the availability of experienced managers and staff; |
|
· |
increases in prices for commodities, including beef and chicken; |
|
· |
inefficiency in our labor costs as the staff gains experience; |
|
· |
competition, either from our competitors in the restaurant industry or our own restaurants; |
|
· |
site characteristics of new restaurants; |
|
· |
changes in government regulation; and |
|
· |
other unanticipated increases in costs, any of which could give rise to delays or cost overruns. |
New locations may not be profitable, and their sales performance may not follow historical patterns or our expectations. If we are forced to close any new restaurants, we will incur losses for the expenses incurred in connection with opening them. The failure of any of our new restaurants to perform as planned could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our future operating results may fluctuate significantly due to our relatively small number of existing restaurants and the expenses required to open new restaurants.
As of June 30, 2019, we operated nine restaurants. The capital resources required to develop a new restaurant are significant. For example, we estimate that the gross cash outlay to open a new Burger Time restaurant, including the purchase of real estate, is approximately $325,000-$525,000, inclusive of preopening expenses. Actual costs may vary significantly depending upon a variety of factors, including whether we acquire a site with an existing structure and conditions in the local real estate and construction market. The combination of our relatively small number of existing restaurants, the significant investment associated with each new restaurant and the average restaurant revenues of our new restaurants may cause our results of operations to fluctuate significantly. Moreover, due to our small base of existing restaurants, poor operating results at any one restaurant or a delay or cancellation in the planned opening of a restaurant could adversely affect our entire business, making the investment risks related to any one location much greater than those associated with many other larger, well-established restaurant chains.
19 |
|
Table of Contents |
If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.
Over the next two years, we plan to grow either organically by opening new restaurants or by acquiring additional restaurant businesses. Our existing restaurant management systems, financial and management controls and information systems may be inadequate to support our planned expansion. Managing our growth effectively will require us to continue to enhance these systems, procedures and controls and to hire, train and retain managers and other personnel. We may not respond quickly enough to the changing demands that our expansion will impose on our management, restaurant teams and existing infrastructure, or have enough financial resources to take or implement the necessary changes, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We currently own and operate a Dairy Queen franchise and are subject to the obligations and limitations imposed by our franchise agreement, and we may experience an adverse financial effect should the franchise agreement be terminated.
In October 2015 we acquired a Dairy Queen franchise in Ham Lake, Minnesota. We are party to a franchise agreement with Dairy Queen in which we are contractually bound to abide by certain financial obligations, including the payment of monthly royalty and marketing fees comprised of a significant percentage of our gross sales at that location. The franchise agreement also restricts our menu offerings at this location to the established Dairy Queen menu and severely limits our flexibility in the operating model we may employ. Specifically, we are prohibited from selling any Burger Time items at this franchise and, other than in connection with capital raising activities, may not market this restaurant as a part of our Burger Time family. Further, we may not sell any Dairy Queen products at our other restaurants.
If we were to, for any reason, discontinue this franchise, our operating results would likely be adversely affected. Moreover, the total purchase price we paid for the franchise was $600,000 and a termination of the franchise agreement at any time over the next several years would result in the loss of a considerable portion of that investment. Should Dairy Queen in turn choose not to continue the franchise agreement with us for any reason, including any unintentional breach of the agreement by us, we would experience a similar adverse effect on our revenues and our initial investment.
We rely on the services of Gary Copperud, our Chief Executive Officer, Kenneth Brimmer, our Chief Operating Officer, and Mark Petri, our Manager of Operations, to operate our business.
Currently, we rely on Gary Copperud, our Chief Executive Officer, Kenneth Brimmer, our Chief Operating Officer, and Mark Petri, our Manager of Operations, to make all key decisions relating to our operations and finances. The unexpected loss of the services of any of Messrs. Copperud, Brimmer or Petri would likely have a material adverse effect on our business and plans for future growth. Further, none of these individuals devotes their full tim e efforts to the business of the Company, as further described under the heading “Management.”
Governmental regulation may adversely impact our ability to open new restaurants or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business is subject to a wide range of federal, state and local regulations, including regulations relating to building and zoning requirements and regulations relating to the preparation and sale of food. The development and operation of restaurants depends to a significant extent on the selection and acquisition of suitable sites, which are subject to zoning, land use, environmental, traffic and other regulations and requirements. Our restaurants are also subject to state and local licensing and regulation by health, sanitation, food and occupational safety and other agencies. We may encounter material difficulties or fail to obtain necessary licenses, approvals or permits for our restaurants, which could delay planned restaurant openings or affect the operations at our existing restaurants. Government authorities may suspend or deny renewal of our governmental licenses if they determine that our operations do not meet the standards for initial grant or renewal.
20 |
|
Table of Contents |
For example, we are subject to the U.S. Americans with Disabilities Act (the “ADA”) and similar state laws that afford civil rights protections to individuals with disabilities in the context of employment, public accommodations and other areas, including our restaurants. We may in the future have to modify restaurants by adding access ramps or redesigning certain architectural fixtures, for example, to provide service to or make reasonable accommodations for disabled persons. The expenses associated with these modifications could be material.
Our business also is subject to the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, which governs worker health and safety, the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act, which governs such matters as minimum wages and overtime, and a variety of similar federal, state and local laws that govern these and other employment law matters. We may also be subject to lawsuits from our employees, the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or others alleging violations of federal and state laws regarding workplace and employment matters, discrimination and similar matters.
The impact of current laws and regulations, the effect of future changes in laws or regulations that impose additional requirements and the consequences of litigation relating to current or future laws and regulations, or our inability to respond effectively to significant regulatory or public policy issues, could increase our compliance and other costs of doing business and, therefore, have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Failure to comply with the laws and regulatory requirements of federal, state and local authorities could result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses, administrative enforcement actions, fines and civil and criminal liability. In addition, certain laws, including the ADA, could require us to expend significant funds to make modifications to our restaurants if we failed to comply with applicable standards. Compliance with the laws and regulations can be costly and can increase our exposure to litigation or governmental investigations or proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.
If we fail to maintain required licenses and permits or to comply with food control regulations, we could lose our food service licenses, which would harm our business.
Government regulations relating to restaurant operations require that we obtain and maintain numerous licenses, approvals or permits. The failure to obtain and maintain these licenses, permits and approvals could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In some instances, licenses must be renewed annually and may be revoked, suspended or denied renewal for cause at any time if governmental authorities determine that our conduct violates applicable regulations. Difficulties or failure to maintain or obtain the required licenses, permits and approvals could adversely affect our existing restaurants and delay or result in our decision to cancel the opening of new restaurants, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.
New information or attitudes regarding diet and health could result in changes in regulations and consumer consumption habits that could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Changes in attitudes regarding diet and health or new information regarding the adverse health effects of consuming certain foods could result in changes in government regulation and consumer eating habits that may impact our business, financial condition or results of operations. These changes have resulted in, and may continue to result in, laws and regulations requiring us to disclose the nutritional content of our food offerings, and they have resulted in, and may continue to result in, laws and regulations affecting permissible ingredients and menu offerings. For example, a number of jurisdictions have enacted menu labeling laws requiring multi-unit restaurant operators to disclose to consumers certain nutritional information, or have enacted legislation restricting the use of certain types of ingredients in restaurants. These requirements may be different or inconsistent with requirements we are subject to under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively, the “ACA,” which establishes a uniform, federal requirement for certain restaurants to post nutritional information on their menus. Specifically, the ACA requires chain restaurants with 20 or more locations operating under the same name and offering substantially the same menus to publish the total number of calories of standard menu items on menus and menu boards, along with a statement that puts this calorie information in the context of a total daily calorie intake. The ACA also requires covered restaurants to provide to consumers, upon request, a written summary of detailed nutritional information for each standard menu item, and to provide a statement on menus and menu boards about the availability of this information upon request. Unfavorable publicity about, or guests’ reactions to, our menu ingredients, the size of our portions or the nutritional content of our menu items could negatively influence the demand for our offerings, thereby adversely affecting our business, financial condition or results of operations.
21 |
|
Table of Contents |
Compliance with current and future laws and regulations regarding the ingredients and nutritional content of our menu items may be costly and time-consuming. Additionally, if consumer health regulations or consumer eating habits change significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue certain menu items, and we may experience higher costs associated with the implementation of those changes, as well as adversely affect the attractiveness of our restaurants to new or returning guests. We cannot predict the impact of any new nutrition labeling requirements. The risks and costs associated with nutritional disclosures on our menus could also impact our operations, particularly given differences among applicable legal requirements and practices within the restaurant industry with respect to testing and disclosure, ordinary variations in food preparation among our own restaurants, and the need to rely on the accuracy and completeness of nutritional information obtained from third-party suppliers.
We may not be able to effectively respond to changes in consumer health perceptions or successfully implement the nutrient content disclosure requirements and to adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits. The imposition of menu labeling laws and an inability to keep up with consumer eating habits could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, as well as our position within the restaurant industry in general.
Changes in food and supply costs or failure to receive frequent deliveries of food ingredients and other supplies could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our profitability depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in food and supply costs. We are susceptible to increases in food costs as a result of factors beyond our control, such as general economic conditions, seasonal economic fluctuations, weather conditions, global demand, food safety concerns, infectious diseases, fluctuations in the U.S. dollar, product recalls and government regulations. The costs of many basic foods, including corn, wheat, corn flour and other flour, and cooking oil, have trended higher in recent years, resulting in upward pricing pressures on almost all our raw ingredients and increasing our food costs. Food prices for several of our key ingredients escalated markedly at various points in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014. For example, beef, which represents a substantial portion of our total food supply purchases each year, increased in price by approximately 40% between 2013 and 2014. While we have benefited from a stable and favorable pricing in our beef contracts since fiscal 2016, there is an ongoing risk of additional pricing pressures on some of the other ingredients we use in our products in the future. Weather related issues, such as freezes or drought, may also lead to temporary spikes in the prices of some ingredients such as produce or meats. Any increase in the prices of the ingredients most critical to our menu, such as beef or chicken, would adversely affect our operating results.
We currently do not engage in futures contracts or other financial risk management strategies with respect to potential price fluctuations in the cost of beef or other inputs, food and supplies, which we purchase at prevailing market or contracted prices. We have implemented menu price increases in the past to offset the higher prices of beef, due to competitive pressures and compressed profit margins. We may not be able to offset all or any portion of increased food and supply cost through higher menu prices in the future. If we implement further menu price increases in the future to protect our margins, average check size and restaurant traffic could be materially adversely affected.
We rely on certain vendors, suppliers and distributors for all our supplies, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We purchase substantially all our food, paper, packaging and related supplies from Sysco Corporation, the nation’s largest distributor of food products. In both fiscal 2018 and 2017, approximately 83% of our purchases were from Sysco. In addition, we have agreed to purchase all our beverages, other than coffee, tea or milk, from Dakota Beverages, LLC, d/b/a Pepsi Beverages Co., through December 2020. These entities also are responsible for delivering these products to us. Our reliance on these vendors exclusively to provide us with our entire inventory at reasonable prices presents certain risks. We do not control the businesses of our vendors and our efforts to specify and monitor the standards under which they perform may not be successful. Furthermore, certain food items are perishable, and we have limited control over whether these items will be delivered to us in appropriate condition for use in our restaurants. If any of our vendors are unable to fulfill their obligations to our standards, or if we are unable to find replacement providers in the event of a supply or service disruption, we could encounter supply shortages and incur higher costs to secure adequate supplies, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, if our current vendors are unable to support our expansion into new markets, or if we are unable to find vendors to meet our supply specifications or service needs as we expand, we could likewise encounter supply shortages and incur higher costs to secure adequate supplies, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
22 |
|
Table of Contents |
Negative publicity could reduce sales our restaurants.
From time to time, we may be faced with negative publicity relating to aspects of our business, including, among others, food quality, public health concerns, restaurant facilities, customer complaints or litigation alleging illness or injury, health inspection scores, the integrity of our suppliers’ food processing and other policies, practices and procedures, employee relationships or other matters at one or more of our restaurants. Negative publicity generated against our restaurants may adversely affect us, regardless of whether the allegations are valid or whether we are held to be responsible. In addition, the negative impact of adverse publicity relating to one restaurant may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect our other restaurants. A similar risk exists with respect to food service businesses unrelated to us, if customers mistakenly associate such unrelated businesses with our operations. Employee claims against us based on, among other things, wage and hour violations, discrimination, harassment or wrongful termination may also create not only legal and financial liability but negative publicity that could adversely affect us and divert our financial and management resources that would otherwise be exerted in favor of our operations. These risks are amplified in view of the prevalence of social media. A significant increase in the number of these claims or an increase in the number of successful claims could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Food safety and foodborne illness concerns could have an adverse effect on our business.
The occurrence or reports of foodborne illness or other food safety issues, food contamination or tampering, employee hygiene and cleanliness failures or improper employee conduct at our restaurants could lead to claims and litigation against us based, upon, among other things, product liability. These incidents and reports could negatively affect our reputation as well as our business, revenues and profits. The occurrence of these incidents at other QSRs also could create negative publicity relating to our industry, which would adversely impact how consumers perceive our restaurants.
We cannot assure consumers that our internal controls and employee training will be fully effective in preventing all foodborne illnesses. Our reliance on third party vendors, including food suppliers, none of whom is under our control, make it likely that such foodborne illnesses would impact more than one of our restaurants. Moreover, new illnesses that our current protocols may not detect or diseases with long incubation periods may arise that could give rise to claims or allegations against us on a retroactive basis.
One or more instances of foodborne illness in one of our restaurants could negatively affect sales at all our restaurants if highly publicized. This risk exists even if it were later determined that the illness was wrongly attributed to one of our restaurants. Several other restaurant chains have experienced incidents related to foodborne illnesses that have had material adverse impacts on their operations, and we cannot assure you that we could avoid a similar impact upon the occurrence of a similar incident at one of our restaurants. Additionally, even if foodborne illnesses were not identified at our restaurants, our sales could be adversely affected if instances of food-borne illnesses at other restaurant chains were highly publicized.
Labor shortages or increased labor costs could negatively impact our growth and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Labor is one of the primary components in the cost of operating our restaurants. If we face labor shortages or increased labor costs as a result of increased competition for employees, higher employee turnover rates, unionization of restaurant workers, increases in the federal, state or local minimum wage or other employee benefits costs (including costs associated with health insurance coverage), our operating expenses could increase and our growth could be adversely impacted. As noted, this occurred in 2012-2014, when an oil boom in North Dakota during those years created a labor shortage, forcing us to increase wages in area stores and thereby offsetting strong revenues generated over that period.
23 |
|
Table of Contents |
Our labor force comprises mostly hourly employees who are paid wage rates that currently are above the applicable federal or state minimum wage requirements. However, increases in the minimum wage could increase labor costs at our restaurants. Either federally mandated or state-mandated minimum wages may be raised in the future, as discussed in the ensuing risk factor. We may be unable to increase our menu prices in order to pass future increased labor costs on to our customers, in which case our margins would be negatively affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if menu prices are increased by us to cover increased labor costs, the higher prices could adversely affect sales and thereby reduce our margins.
In addition, our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, motivate and retain well-qualified restaurant management personnel, as well as other qualified employees, including customer service and staff, to keep pace with our expansion plans. Moreover, restaurants, especially in the QSR segment, have traditionally experienced high employee turnover rates. Our inability to recruit and retain such individuals may delay the planned openings of new restaurants. If we are unable to continue to recruit and retain sufficiently qualified individuals, our business and our growth could be adversely affected. Competition for these employees could require us to pay higher wages, which could result in higher labor costs. Additionally, costs associated with workers’ compensation are rising, and these costs may continue to rise in the future. We may be unable to increase our menu prices in order to pass these increased labor costs on to consumers, in which case our margins would be negatively affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Although none of our employees are currently covered under collective bargaining agreements, our employees may elect to be represented by labor unions in the future. If a significant number of our employees were to become unionized and collective bargaining agreement terms were significantly different from our current compensation arrangements, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Matters relating to employment and labor law may adversely affect our business.
Various federal and state labor laws govern our relationships with our employees and affect operating costs. These laws include employee classifications as exempt or non-exempt, minimum wage requirements, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates, citizenship requirements and other wage and benefit requirements for employees classified as non-exempt. Significant additional government regulations and new laws mandating increases in minimum wages or mandated benefits such as health insurance could materially affect our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flow.
In Minnesota, the minimum-wage rates were adjusted for inflation January 1, 2019, to $9.86 an hour for large employers and $8.04 an hour for other state minimum wages. Under Minnesota law, the commissioner of the Department of Labor and Industry is required to determine and announce the inflation-adjusted minimum-wage rate each year by Aug. 31. This past year, the change in the price index used for this purpose was an increase of 2.16 percent. North Dakota observes the 2019 federal minimum wage rate of $7.25 per hour. Although a North Dakota minimum wage increase initiative was proposed to incrementally increase the minimum wage to $15 per hour by 2021, the ballot ultimately failed. The minimum wage for non-tipped employees in South Dakota is currently $9.10/hour (effective Jan. 1, 2019). The minimum wage will be annually adjusted by any increase in cost of living, as measured by the Consumer Price Index published by the U.S. Department of Labor. In no case may the minimum wage be decreased.
We also may be subject in the ordinary course of business to employee claims against us based, among other things, on discrimination, harassment, wrongful termination, or violation of wage and labor laws. These claims may divert our financial and management resources that would otherwise be used to benefit our operations. The ongoing expense of any resulting lawsuits, and any substantial settlement payment or damage award against us, could adversely affect our business, brand image, employee recruitment, financial condition, operating results or cash flows.
24 |
|
Table of Contents |
We may be subject to litigation, which could be costly, divert management attention and, if successful, could result in our payment of substantial damages or settlement costs.
Our business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, consumers, suppliers, stockholders or others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action and regulatory actions, is difficult to assess or quantify. In recent years, restaurant companies have been subject to lawsuits, including class action lawsuits, alleging violations of federal and state laws regarding workplace and employment conditions, discrimination and similar matters. A number of these lawsuits have resulted in the payment of substantial damages by the defendants. Similar lawsuits have been instituted alleging violations of various federal and state wage and hour laws regarding, among other things, employee meal deductions, overtime eligibility of managers and failure to pay for all hours worked.
Customers may file complaints or lawsuits against us alleging that we are responsible for some illness or injury they suffered at or after a visit to one of our restaurants, including actions seeking damages resulting from foodborne illness or accidents in our restaurants. We also may be subject to a variety of other claims from third parties arising in the ordinary course of our business, including contract claims. The restaurant industry has also been subject to a growing number of claims that the menus and actions of restaurant chains have led to the obesity of certain of their customers. We may also be subject to lawsuits from our employees, the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or others alleging violations of federal and state laws regarding workplace and employment conditions, discrimination and similar matters.
Regardless of whether any claims against us are valid or whether we are liable, claims may be expensive to defend and may divert time and money away from our operations. In addition, they may generate negative publicity, which could reduce customer traffic and sales. Although we maintain what we believe to have adequate levels of insurance, insurance may not be available at all or in amounts sufficient to cover any liabilities with respect to these or other matters. A judgment or other liability in excess of our insurance coverage for any claims or any adverse publicity resulting from claims could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Compliance with environmental laws may adversely affect our business.
Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations concerning waste disposal, pollution, protection of the environment, and the presence, discharge, storage, handling, release and disposal of, and exposure to, hazardous or toxic substances. These environmental laws provide for significant fines and penalties for noncompliance and liabilities for remediation, sometimes without regard to whether the owner or operator of the property knew of, or was responsible for, the release or presence of hazardous toxic substances. Third parties may also make claims against owners or operators of properties for personal injuries and property damage associated with releases of, or actual or alleged exposure to, such hazardous or toxic substances at, on or from our restaurants. Environmental conditions relating to releases of hazardous substances at a prior, existing or future restaurant could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, environmental laws, and the administration, interpretation and enforcement thereof, are subject to change and may become more stringent in the future, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A failure of our information technology system or breaches of our network security could interrupt our operations and adversely affect our business.
We rely on our computer systems, including point-of-sale processing at our restaurants. Our operations depend upon our ability to protect our computer equipment and systems against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or other catastrophic events, as well as from internal and external security breaches, viruses and other disruptive problems. Any damage or failure of our computer systems that causes an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our business and subject us to litigation or to actions by regulatory authorities.
If we do not effectively protect our customers’ credit and debit card data, we could be exposed to data loss, litigation, liability and reputational damage.
In connection with credit and debit card sales, we transmit confidential credit and debit card information by way of secure private retail networks. Although we use private networks, third parties may have the technology or know-how to breach the security of the customer information transmitted in connection with credit and debit card sales, and our security measures and those of our technology vendors may not effectively prohibit others from obtaining improper access to this information. If a person were able to circumvent these security measures, he or she could destroy or steal valuable information or disrupt our operations. Any security breach could expose us to risks of data loss, litigation and liability and could seriously disrupt our operations and any resulting negative publicity could significantly harm our reputation.
25 |
|
Table of Contents |
Difficulties we may encounter managing our growth could adversely affect our results of operations.
If we experience rapid and substantial growth, it will place a strain on our administrative infrastructure and our managerial and financial resources. To manage substantial growth of our operations, we will be required to:
|
· |
improve existing, and implement new, operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures; |
|
· |
install enhanced management information systems; and |
|
· |
hire, train, motivate, manage and retain our employees. |
We may not be able to install adequate management information and control systems in an efficient and timely manner, and our current or planned personnel, systems, procedures and controls may not be adequate to support our future operations. If we are unable to manage growth effectively, our business would be seriously harmed.
Risks related to this Offering and our Common Stock
Our common stock does not currently trade and may not be eligible for listing or quotation on any securities exchange.
As of the date of this prospectus, our common stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or any other exchange, nor is it quoted on an over-the-counter market. Our common stock is held by 23 stockholders of record and we do not currently meet the initial listing standards of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter trading system. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet the initial listing standards of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter trading system. At such time as we satisfy all of the criteria for gaining admission to quotation on the OTCQB, including the number of holders of round lots of our common stock, we will seek to identify a registered broker-dealer to apply to have our common stock admitted to quotation on the OTCQB or another over-the-counter system. However, we cannot assure you that we will identify a market maker that will file such application, that we will gain admission to such system or that, if our common stock is admitted to quotation, that we will continue to meet the listing standards and be able to maintain any such listing. Moreover, we cannot assure investors that an active trading market will develop or that they will be able to sell their common stock at all. There may not be enough interested buyers to whom investors could sell their stock or that any such buyers would be willing to offer a price for the common stock equal to or greater than the price paid by investors for the common stock. In addition, an investor may find it difficult to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of our common stock. This lack of a trading market and a lack of an adequate number of potential buyers may result in the inability to sell shares of our common stock when desired or result in your receiving a lower price for your shares upon their sale than you paid for them.
The designation of our common stock as a “penny stock” would limit the liquidity of our common stock.
Our common stock is likely to be deemed a “penny stock” (as that term is defined under Rule 3a51-1 of the Exchange Act) in any market that may develop in the future. Generally, a “penny stock” is a common stock that is not listed on a securities exchange and trades for less than $5.00 a share. Prices often are not available to buyers and sellers and the market may be very limited. Broker-dealers who sell penny stocks must provide purchasers of these stocks with a standardized risk-disclosure document prepared by the SEC. The document provides information about penny stocks and the nature and level of risks involved in investing in the penny stock market. A broker must also provide purchasers with bid and offer quotations and information regarding broker and salesperson compensation, make a written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and obtain the purchaser's written agreement to the purchase. Many brokers choose not to participate in penny stock transactions. Because of the penny stock rules, there may be less trading activity in penny stocks in any market that develops for our common stock in the future and stockholders are likely to have difficulty selling their shares.
FINRA sales practice requirements may also limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our stock.
In addition to the “penny stock” rules described above, FINRA has adopted rules that require that in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending speculative low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a high probability that speculative low-priced securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. The FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that their customers buy our common stock in any market that develops for our common stock in the future, which may limit the ability to buy and sell our stock and which will have an adverse effect on any market that develops for our shares.
26 |
|
Table of Contents |
The price of our common stock could be subject to volatility related or unrelated to our operations.
If a market for our common stock develops, the market price could fluctuate substantially due to a variety of factors, including:
|
· |
actual or anticipated fluctuations in comparable restaurant sales or operating results, whether in our operations or in those of our competitors; |
|
· |
changes in financial estimates or opinions by research analysts, either with respect to us or other QSR companies; |
|
· |
our failure to integrate new restaurants that we develop or acquire into our corporate framework or our failure to operate any such new restaurants profitably; |
|
· |
any failure to meet investor or analyst expectations; |
|
· |
the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and our filings with the SEC; |
|
· |
actual or anticipated changes in domestic or worldwide economic, political or market conditions, such as recessions; |
|
· |
changes in the consumer spending environment; |
|
· |
terrorist acts; |
|
· |
changes in laws or regulations, or new interpretations or applications of laws and regulations, that are applicable to our business; |
|
· |
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; |
|
· |
short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions in the shares of our common stock; |
|
· |
future sales or issuances of our common stock, including sales or issuances by us, our directors or executive officers and our significant stockholders; |
|
· |
our dividend policy; |
|
· |
changes in the market valuations of other restaurant companies; |
|
· |
actions by stockholders; |
|
· |
various market factors or perceived market factors, including rumors, involving us, our suppliers and distributors, whether accurate or not; |
|
· |
announcements by us or our competitors of new locations, menu items, technological advances, significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, divestitures, joint ventures or other strategic initiatives; and |
|
· |
a loss of a key member of management. |
The stock markets in general have experienced substantial volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of individual companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock in any market that develops for it. In addition, our stock price may be influenced by trading activity in our common stock as a result of market commentary (including commentary that may be unreliable or incomplete in some cases); changes in expectations about our business, our creditworthiness or investor confidence generally; or actions by stockholders and others seeking to influence our business strategies.
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, stockholders have instituted class action securities litigation against those companies. Such litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management attention and resources, which would significantly harm our profitability and reputation.
27 |
|
Table of Contents |
The future issuance of equity or of other securities that are convertible into common stock may dilute your investment and reduce your equity interest.
We may choose to raise additional capital in the future, depending on market conditions, strategic considerations and operational requirements. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the issuance of shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into shares of our common stock, our stockholders’ ownership interests in our Company will be diluted. Future issuances of our common stock or other securities convertible into shares of our common stock, or the perception that sales of securities may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock in any market that develops for our stock and impair our ability to raise capital through future offerings of equity or equity-linked securities.
Issuance of stock to fund our operations may dilute your investment and reduce your equity interest.
We will need to raise capital in the future to fund the growth of our Company. Any equity financing may have significant dilutive effect to stockholders and a material decrease in our stockholders’ equity interest in us. At its sole discretion, our board of directors may issue additional securities without seeking stockholder approval.
Our issuance of common stock under our 2019 Incentive Plan will dilute all other stockholders.
We expect to issue common stock in the future to officers, directors, employees and consultants under our 2019 Incentive Plan. Any such issuances may cause stockholders to experience dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock to decline.
It may be more difficult to raise additional equity capital while the Warrants are outstanding.
During the term that the Warrants are outstanding, the holders of such Warrants will be given the opportunity to profit from a rise in the market price of our common stock. We may find it more difficult to raise additional equity capital while the Warrants are outstanding.
Our board of directors is authorized to issue preferred stock without obtaining stockholder approval.
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock with designations, rights and preferences that may be determined from time to time by the board of directors. Our board of directors is empowered, without stockholder to create and issue series of preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting, or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. In the event of issuance, the preferred stock could be utilized, under certain circumstances, as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company. Although we have no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock, there can be no assurance that the Company will not do so in the future.
We do not expect to pay dividends in the future; any return on investment may be limited to the value of our common stock.
We have not paid dividends on our common stock to date and do not currently anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends on our common stock will depend on our earnings, financial condition and other business and economic factors affecting us at such time as our board of directors may consider relevant. Our current intention is to apply net earnings, if any, in the foreseeable future to the development of our business and to increase our working capital. There can be no assurance that we will ever have earnings available to declare and pay cash dividends to the holders of our common stock, and in any event, a decision to declare and pay dividends is at the sole discretion of our board of directors. If we do not pay dividends, our common stock may be less valuable because a return on your investment will only occur if its stock price appreciates.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.
As of the date of this prospectus, there were 8,095,005 shares of common stock outstanding and warrants (including the Placement Agent Warrants) exercisable for an aggregate of 237,807 shares of common stock. In this registration statement, we are registering for public resale 1,567,812 shares of common stock, which includes all the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants and the Placement Agent Warrants. All the shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus that are not being registered in this registration statement, equal to 6,765,000 shares, are “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These shares of common stock, which are held by the stockholders of our Company prior to the Share Exchange and the former members of BTND prior to the Share Exchange, may not be sold unless they are registered under the Securities Act or they can be resold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market after the legal restrictions on resale lapse, the market price of our common stock in any market that may develop for it could decline.
28 |
|
Table of Contents |
We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, stock exchange listing requirements and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If, notwithstanding our efforts to comply with new or changing laws, regulations and standards, we fail to comply, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, and our business may be harmed. Further, failure to comply with these laws, regulations and standards may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, which could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members to serve on our board of directors or committees or as members of senior management. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a public company or the timing of such costs.
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired, which could harm our operating results, our ability to operate our business and investors’ views of us.
Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that will need to be evaluated frequently. Our failure to maintain the effectiveness of our internal controls in accordance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business. We could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock. In addition, if our efforts to comply with new or changed laws, regulations, and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.
Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws and Delaware law could discourage a takeover.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that might enable our management to resist a takeover. These provisions include:
|
· |
advance notice requirements applicable to stockholders for matters to be brought before a meeting of stockholders and requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice; |
|
· |
a supermajority stockholder vote requirement for amending certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws; |
|
· |
the right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer; |
|
· |
a requirement that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors; |
|
· |
allowing all vacancies, including newly created directorships, to be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, except with respect to directors which are selected by the holders of preferred stock then outstanding and as otherwise required by law; |
|
· |
limiting the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware; and |
|
· |
limiting the persons that can call special meetings of our stockholders to our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). |
29 |
|
Table of Contents |
These provisions might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or a change in our management. The existence of these provisions could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an "interested" stockholder.
Our bylaws provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.
Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except, in each case, (A) any claim as to which such court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of such court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of such court within 10 days following such determination), (B) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than such court, or (C) for which such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction.
Under this provision, claims subject to exclusive jurisdiction in the federal courts, such as suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, need not be brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.
These exclusive-forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, employees, control persons, underwriters, or agents, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, employees, control persons, underwriters, or agents. Additionally, a court could determine that the exclusive forum provision is unenforceable, and our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. If a court were to find these provisions of our amended and bylaws inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Limitations on liability and indemnification matters.
As permitted by the corporate laws of the state of Delaware, our certificate of incorporation includes a provision to eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach or alleged breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, our bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our officers and directors under certain circumstances, including those circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary, and we will be required to advance expenses to our officers and directors as incurred in connection with proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified. If we are required to indemnify, both for the costs of their defense in any action or to pay monetary damages upon a finding of a court or in any settlement, our business and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
We are classified as an “emerging growth company” as well as a “smaller reporting company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
30 |
|
Table of Contents |
We have elected to use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B).
We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years from the last day of our fiscal year in which the first sale of our common equity securities occurred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.
Notwithstanding the above, we are also currently a “smaller reporting company.” Specifically, similar to “emerging growth companies,” “smaller reporting companies” are able to provide simplified executive compensation disclosures in their filings; are exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that independent registered public accounting firms provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting; and have certain other decreased disclosure obligations in their SEC filings. Decreased disclosures in our SEC filings due to our status as an “emerging growth company” or “smaller reporting company” may make it harder for investors to analyze our results of operations and financial prospects.
We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
This prospectus relates to the resale of certain shares of our common stock that may be offered and sold from time to time by the Selling Stockholders, including shares that may be issued upon the exercise of outstanding warrants held by them. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering. We may receive proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants and the Placement Agent Warrants, but cannot predict when or if the warrants will be exercised or if they are exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, and it is possible that such warrants may expire and never be exercised. To the extent we do receive any such proceeds they will be used to fund our working capital and for general corporate purposes.
DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE
The Selling Stockholders will determine at what price they may sell the offered shares, and such sales may be made at prevailing market prices, or at privately negotiated prices. Please refer to “Plan of Distribution.”
Market Information
No public market currently exists for our common stock and a public market may never develop, or, if any market does develop, it may not be sustained.
As of the date of this prospectus, our common stock is held by 23 holders of record and we do not currently meet the initial listing standards of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter trading system. At such time as we satisfy all of the criteria for gaining admission to quotation on the OTCQB, including the number of round lots holders of our common stock, we will seek to identify a broker-dealer to file an application with FINRA for our common stock to be admitted to quotation on the OTCQB. Assuming we do identify such a market maker and satisfy the eligibility requirements, the quotation process could take several months. We cannot assure you that we ever will meet the initial listing standards of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter trading system, that a market maker will agree to file an application with FINRA, that such an application for quotation will be approved or, that if approved, a public market will develop for our common stock.
We will not seek to initiate a trading market for the Warrants.
31 |
|
Table of Contents |
Holders
As of the date of this prospectus, there were 23 holders of record of our common stock.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Action Stock Transfer Corporation, located at 2469 E. Fort Union Blvd., Suite 214, Salt Lake City, UT 84121. Its telephone number is (801) 274-1088 and its email address is action@actionstocktransfer.com.
Financial Statements
Our financial statements are included in this prospectus, beginning on page F-1.
We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock since our inception, and our board of directors currently intends to retain all earnings for use in the business for the foreseeable future. Any future payment of dividends will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. There are currently no restrictions that limit our ability to declare cash dividends on our common stock.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATION
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operation should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and information relating to our business that reflect our current views and assumptions with respect to future events and are subject to risks and uncertainties, including the risks in the section entitled Risk Factors beginning on page 11, that may cause our or our industry’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.
Fiscal Year
The Company’s fiscal year is a 52/53-week year, ending on the Sunday closest to December 31. Fiscal 2018 ended on December 30, 2018 and fiscal 2017 ended on December 31, 2017, both of which were 52-week years.
Introduction
We own and operate nine fast food restaurants, including eight Burger Time restaurants and one Dairy Queen restaurant, all of which are in the North Central region of the United States. Our Burger Time restaurants feature a wide variety of burgers and other affordably priced foods such as chicken sandwiches, pulled pork sandwiches, sides and soft drinks. Our Dairy Queen restaurant offers the established Dairy Queen menu consisting of burgers, chicken, sides, ice cream and other desserts, and a wide array of beverages. Our revenues are derived from the sale of food and beverages at our restaurants.
Our Burger Time operating principles include: (i) offering bigger burgers and more value for the money; (ii) offering a limited menu to permit attention to quality and speed of preparation; (iii) providing fast service by way of single and double drive-thru designs and a point-of-sale system that expedites the ordering and preparation process; and (iv) great tasting quality food made fresh to order at a fair price. Our primary strategy is to serve the drive-thru and take-out segment of the quick-service restaurant industry.
Our growth strategies includes possibly opening new Burger Time restaurants in existing and new markets. Currently, our new Burger Time restaurant economic model is based on three principles: a low capital investment, low conversion and incremental expenses and lean and disciplined operating efficiencies. For example, because we do not offer interior seating, our restaurant footprint is small, generally around 650 sq. ft., which can be situated on a parcel of real estate as small as 15,000 sq. ft (approximately 0.344 acres), which includes space for parking, outdoor seating and, in some restaurants, limited in-store seating.
32 |
|
Table of Contents |
Operationally, we take several steps to maintain efficiency, including maintaining inventory of no more than approximately $5,000 per store at any given time (which also has the advantage of allowing for frequent deliveries of fresh food).
Our Burger Time investment model targets an average total cash investment of between $325,000 and $525,000, or an average of $425,000. Real estate and finance costs may vary materially by location but, assuming the average investment figure applies, the amount allocated to the purchase of real estate would be approximately $225,000. We would typically contribute 25% of the purchase price, or $56,250, in cash and the 75% balance, or $168,750, would be financed through third parties. These costs can fluctuate significantly, based on the number and timing of restaurant openings and the specific expenses incurred for each restaurant.
Historically, we acquired sites for restaurants that previously had been operated as a restaurant location, however, discontinued operations for any number of reasons. Purchasing properties such as these allows us to utilize the existing structure and remodel or renovate it to our specifications. We believe that we can convert these locations into Burger Time restaurants a meaningful cost savings relative to new restaurant construction. We believe that we can make these locations successful because we have developed a successful business model based on low capital requirements to construct and operate our restaurants. These low costs allow us to operate profitably where other fast food restaurants may not be able to because, for example, franchise fees may reduce the owner’s profits below what might be acceptable. Our ability to execute this property acquisition strategy is dependent upon favorable real estate prices. This strategy comprises many risks, including that the possibility that the previous operations failed to generate income prior to closing and we cannot assure you that we will be successful operating our restaurants at such locations at a profit.
Our average customer transaction increased by approximately 6% in the fiscal year ended 2018 compared to 2017. Our sales trends are influenced by many factors and the macroeconomic environment remains challenging for smaller restaurant chains as competition from the major fast-food hamburger-focused business has continues to intensify. The average customer transaction increased in fiscal 2019 as a result of discontinuing aggressive promotional pricing, most significantly, our "Deal of the Day" promotion which provided customers a discount of 10 to 20% from basic menu pricing. This discounting program was discontinued in 2018 and will be reintroduced in the fall of 2019 .
Material Trends and Uncertain ties
As described in Risk Factors, there are industry trends which may have a significant adverse e ffect on our business. These trends principally relate to the rapidly changing area of technology and food delivery. The major companies in the restaurant industry have rapidly adopted and dev eloped applications for the smart phone and mobile delivery and have aggressively expanded drive-through operations and have developed loyalty prog rams and data base marketing supported by a robust technology platform . We expect these trend s to continue as restaurants aggressively complete for customers. Further, the major QSR’s have been increasingly willing to strategically discount prices through promotions such as a “dollar menu”. In the early years of its development Burger Time maintained a si gnificant price advantage in comparison to the major competitors. As competition for customers has intensified i n recent years price promotions by the competitors has eliminated the Burger Time price advantage. We expect these significant trends will continue.
The cost of food has increased over the last two years; however, we expect prices to remain stable or decrease slightly in 2019. Beef costs decreased by approximately 2% in 2018 and increased by 12% in 2017. The Company did not implement a menu price increase in fiscal 2018. Given the competitive nature of the fast food burger restaurant industry, it may be difficult to raise menu prices to fully cover future cost increases. Additional margin improvements may have to be made through operational improvements, equipment advances and increased volumes to help offset these cost increases, due to the competitive state of the restaurant industry.
Labor will continue to be a critical factor in the foreseeable future. In most areas where we operate our restaurants, there is a shortage of suitable labor. For example, in North Dakota and South Dakota, labor is at a premium driven by high demand for workers in the oil industry which has experienced a boom over the last several years. This has resulted in higher wages as the competition for employees intensifies, not only in the restaurant industry, but in practically all retail and service industries. It is crucial for the Company to develop and maintain programs to attract and retain quality employees.
Increases in the federally and state mandated minimum wage may also impact our operations. Over the last several years, there has been a movement in Washington, D.C. and various states to increase the minimum wage to $15 per hour. In North Dakota, the minimum wage is set at the federally mandated minimum wage of $7.25 per hour and the rates are annually adjusted to reflect any increase in cost of living. South Dakota has established a minimum wage of $9.10 per hour which is annually adjusted to increase with the cost of living. Minnesota's minimum-wage rate for small employers, such as us, is $8.04 per hour.
We have incurred increases in energy prices, including fuel and utilities, in recent history, as have most retail businesses. Continued increases in the cost of fuel and energy may be difficult to offset with additional menu price increases and could have an adverse effect on our business and operations.
Due to the competitive nature of the restaurant industry, site selection continues to be challenging as the number of businesses vying for locations with similar characteristics increases. This will likely result in higher purchase and occupancy costs for prime locations.
Growth Strategy and Outlook
As disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus, we are focused on growing our business and building value for our shareholders. We are seeking to increase value for our shareholders in the foodservice industry. We expect to pursue the acquisition of multi-unit restaurant concepts and individual restaurant properties at attractive multiples of earnings. Once acquired, we will operate the business or businesses with a shared central management organization. Assuming we are successful in acquiring an operating business, following the acquisition, we expect to pursue growth strategies to both expand the number of locations and to increase comparable store sales and profits.
33 |
|
Table of Contents |
Our business plan is to grow through acquisitions in the foodservice industry. In addition, we may develop additional Burger Time locations through the acquisition and conversion of existing properties. We also expect to identify and complete acquisitions of existing restaurant units and multi-unit chains which could be operated and expanded through the addition of new locations.
Our growth strategy is predicated upon (i) building or acquiring new restaurants, (ii) growing comparable restaurant sales and profits, and (iii) quickly and cost-effectively scaling our growth while leveraging our corporate services.
We believe that we will have opportunities to acquire new restaurant businesses. We intend to follow a disciplined strategy of evaluating acquisition opportunities to determine the operations are in markets meeting our demographic, real estate and investment criteria. Our ability to successfully evaluate an acquisition opportunity and to understand the competitive landscape of a new market will be critical in making a successful acquisition. Additionally, our ability to identify, recruit and hire both salaried and hourly staff will impact our ability to expand as will changes in the legal environment, including increases to the minimum wage, could impact our ability to expand into certain areas. Further, we believe that there has been an oversaturation of restaurants in certain areas which could decrease the number of markets that we believe will be attractive to expand into. Even if we can acquire restaurants, the new restaurants, and our company, will be subject to various risks, some of which, including factors impacting our customers, such as declining economic conditions, are entirely out of our control. We will seek to quickly and cost-effectively scale our growth by leveraging our general and administrative costs.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth, for the years indicated, our Consolidated Statements of Operations expressed as percentages of total revenues. The fiscal years presented consist of 52 weeks for both fiscal 2018 and for fiscal 2017 and for the 26 weeks periods indicated for fiscal 2019 and 2018. Percentages below may not reconcile due to rounding.
|
|
Fiscal Year |
|
|
26 Weeks Ended, |
|
||||||||||
|
|
2018 |
|
|
2017 |
|
|
June 30, 2019 |
|
|
July 1, 2018 |
|
||||
Revenues |
|
|
100.0 | % |
|
|
100.0 | % |
|
|
100 | % |
|
|
100 | % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restaurant operating costs (excluding depreciation and amortization) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales – food and paper |
|
|
40.2 |
|
|
|
39.7 |
|
|
|
39.6 |
|
|
|
40.2 |
|
Labor costs |
|
|
31.7 |
|
|
|
32.1 |
|
|
|
32.3 |
|
|
|
32.1 |
|
Occupancy and operating |
|
|
16.7 |
|
|
|
16.7 |
|
|
|
16.5 |
|
|
|
16.3 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
7.9 |
|
|
|
9.6 |
|
|
|
9.0 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
Impairment of assets held for sale |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
- |
|
(Gain) on sale of property and equipment |
|
|
(2.2 | ) |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Total costs and expenses |
|
|
97.5 |
|
|
|
101.0 |
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
98.6 |
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
(1.0 | ) |
|
|
(4.0 | ) |
|
|
(1.4 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(2.5 | ) |
|
|
(2.6 | ) |
|
|
(2.6 | ) |
|
|
(4.8 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
(3.6 | ) |
|
|
(6.5 | ) |
|
|
(.1 | ) |
52 Week Period Ended December 30, 2018 (Fiscal 2018) compared to the 52 Week Period Ended December 31, 2017 (Fiscal 2017)
Net Revenues:
Net sales for Fiscal 2018 decreased $59,004 or (.8%) to $7,051,468 from $7,110,472 in Fiscal 2017. The decrease in sales was the result of strong “honeymoon” period for the Richmond, Indiana location in 2017 followed by a significant slowdown in the pace of sales at the Richmond location in 2018.
Restaurants’ sales for Fiscal 2018 ranged from a low of $476,000 to a high of $872,000 and average sales for each Burger Time unit during the period was approximately $698,000.
Costs of Sales - food and paper
Cost of sales - food and paper for Fiscal 2018 increased just slightly to $2,835,757 (40.2% of restaurant sales) from $2,828,757 (39.7% of restaurant sales) in Fiscal 2017. This increase was mainly due to a slight increase in average beef prices of approximately 2% to an average of $2.22 per pound in 2018 and by the higher costs associated with the Richmond, Indiana location which we closed at the end of 2018.
34 |
|
Table of Contents |
Restaurant Operating Costs
Restaurant operating costs (which refer to all the costs associated with the operation of our restaurants, but do not include general and administrative costs and depreciation and amortization) as a percent of restaurant sales were approximately 88.6% for both Fiscal 2018 and for Fiscal 2017. This was due primarily to matters discussed in the “Cost of Sales,” “Labor and benefits Costs,” “Occupancy and Other Operating Cost” and “Depreciation and Amortization Costs” sections below. The changes in restaurant-level costs from Fiscal 2017 to Fiscal 2018 are explained as follows:
|
|
Fiscal Year ended |
|
|
Restaurant operating costs for the period ended December 31, 2017 |
|
$ | 6,301,753 |
|
Increase in cost of sales - food and paper |
|
|
7,747 |
|
Decrease in labor cost |
|
|
(45,909 | ) |
Decrease in occupancy and operating |
|
|
(14,473 | ) |
Restaurant operating costs for the periods ended December 30, 2018 |
|
$ | 6,249,118 |
|
Labor Costs
For Fiscal 2018, labor and benefits costs decreased $45,909 to $2,237,378 (31.7% of restaurant sales) from $2,283,287 (32.1% of restaurant sales) in Fiscal 2017. The Company benefited from virtually no turnover in its unit restaurant management which tends to cause unfavorable variations in Labor Costs. Payroll costs are semi-variable in nature, meaning that they do not decrease proportionally to decreases in revenue, thus they increase as a percentage of restaurant sales when there is a decrease in restaurant sales.
Occupancy and Other Operating Costs
For Fiscal 2018, occupancy and other costs were virtually unchanged at 23.2% or $1,175,983 compared to $1,190,456 (23.0% of restaurant sales in Fiscal 2017).
Depreciation and Amortization Costs:
For Fiscal 2018, depreciation and amortization costs increased 8.8% or $18,360 to $227,514 (3.2% of sales) from $209,154 (2.9 % of sales) in Fiscal 2017. Depreciation costs primarily increased due to the addition or the Richmond, Indiana restaurant in 2017.
General and Administrative Costs
General and administrative costs decreased 20.7% or $129,272 from $621,650 (8.7% of sales) in Fiscal 2017 to $492,378 (7.0% of sales) in Fiscal 2018. The decrease in general and administrative costs is primarily attributable to approximately a $40,000 decrease in accounting/bookkeeping fees related to a change in the outside service provider utilized by the Company, increase in corporate payroll cost of approximately $4,000 and a decrease in legal and professional costs of approximately $97,000 as professional fees and expenses associated with the Company’s capital raising activities were deducted from the proceeds of the 2018 Private Offering.
Income from Operations
Income from operations was $82,457 in Fiscal 2018 compared to a loss from operations of $22,085 in Fiscal 2017. The change in income from operations in Fiscal 2018 compared to Fiscal 2017 was due primarily to matters discussed in the “Net Revenues” and “Restaurant Operating Costs” sections above, as revenues decreased $59,004 in Fiscal 2018 offset by the decrease in general and administrative expense of $129,272 resulting the increase in income from operations.
Interest expense
For Fiscal 2018, our interest expense decreased $13,827 to $176,955 (2.5% of restaurant sales) from $190,782 (2.6% restaurant sales) in Fiscal 2017 as a result of scheduled reductions in the principal amount of debt outstanding.
Gain on Sale of Property and Equipment
In Fiscal 2018, we concluded not to develop a property located in St. Louis, Missouri and the property was sold in 2018 for a gain of $158,358.
Net Income (loss)
The net income was $20,803 for Fiscal 2018, compared to a loss of $254811 in Fiscal 2017. The change from Fiscal 2017 to Fiscal 2018 was primarily attributable to the matters discussed in the “Net Revenues,” “Restaurant Operating Costs,” “General and Administrative Costs,” and “Gain on Sale of Property and Equipment” sections above due to the matters discussed above.
35 |
|
Table of Contents |
Restaurant-level EBITDA:
To supplement the consolidated financial statements, which are prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP, the Company uses restaurant-level EBITDA, which is not a measure defined by GAAP. This non-GAAP operating measure is useful to both management and, we believe, to investors because it represents one means of gauging the overall profitability of our recurring and controllable core restaurant operations. This measure is not, however, indicative of our overall results, nor does restaurant-level profit accrue directly to the benefit of stockholders, primarily due to the exclusion of corporate-level expenses. Restaurant-level EBITDA should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, operating income loss, which is calculated in accordance with GAAP, and the reconciliations to operating income set forth below should be carefully evaluated.
We define restaurant-level EBITDA as operating income before pre-opening costs, general and administrative costs, depreciation and amortization and impairment charges. Pre-opening costs are excluded because they vary in timing and magnitude and are not related to the health of ongoing operations. General and administrative costs are excluded as they are generally not specifically identifiable to restaurant specific costs. Depreciation and amortization and impairment charges are excluded because they are not ongoing controllable cash expenses, and they are not related to the health of ongoing operations.
|
|
Fiscal Year |
|
|||||
|
|
2018 |
|
|
2017 |
|
||
Revenues |
|
$ | 7,051,468 |
|
|
$ | 7,110,472 |
|
Reconciliation: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
82,457 |
|
|
|
(22,085 | ) |
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
227,514 |
|
|
|
209,154 |
|
General and administrative, corporate level expenses |
|
|
492,378 |
|
|
|
621,650 |
|
Restaurant-level EBITDA |
|
|
802,358 |
|
|
|
808,719 |
|
Restaurant-level EBITDA margin |
|
|
11.3 | % |
|
|
11.4 | % |
26 Week Period Ended June 30, 2019 (Fiscal 2019) compared to the 26 Week Period Ended July 1, 2018 (Fiscal 2018):
Net Revenues:
Net revenues (or net sales) for Fiscal 2019 decreased $252,501 or (7.7%) to $3,265,994 from $3,518,495 in Fiscal 2018. The decrease in revenues was primarily due to unfavorable weather in the Midwest where late season cold weather and late season snowfall adversely impacted sales versus the same period in the prior year . Net revenues were also impacted by the closing of the Richmond, Indiana location near the end of 2018 which contributed $155,192 of sales in the same period of 2018.
Per store sales for the 26-week period ending June 30, 2019 ranged from a low of $261,939 to a high of $415,655 and averaged $335,934 during the 2019 period in the same period of 2018 the average sales per store ,excluding the recent ly closed Richmond location was $345,823 with a high of $448,812 and a low of $284,836.
Costs of Sales - food and paper
Cost of sales - food and paper for Fiscal 2019 decreased to $1,294,163 (39.6% of restaurant sales) from $1,416,070 (40.2% of restaurant sales) in Fiscal 2018. This decrease in the cost of sales is mainly due to a decrease of $252,501 of sales during the same time period, as discussed above. This increase in cost of sales as a percent of restaurant sales is primarily due to more aggressive menu discounting in 2019.
Restaurant Operating Costs
Across all Company restaurants, restaurant operating costs (which refer to all the costs associated with the operation of our restaurants, but do not include general and administrative costs) as a percent of restaurant sales were 92.1% for Fiscal 2019 compared to 92.2% for Fiscal 2018. This was due primarily to matters discussed in the “Cost of Sales,” “Labor and benefits Costs,” “Occupancy and Other Operating Cost” and “Depreciation and Amortization Costs” sections below. The changes in restaurant-level costs from Fiscal 2018 to Fiscal 2019 are explained as follows:
Occupancy and Other Operating Costs
For Fiscal 2019, occupancy and other costs remained fairly stable decreasing 3.6% or $10,154 to $273,416 (8.4% of restaurant sales) from $283,570 (8.1% of restaurant sales) in Fiscal 2018.
36 |
|
Table of Contents |
Income (Loss) from Operations
Loss from operations for the 26-week period $129,177 in Fiscal 2019 was $12 1,425 compared to income from operations of $59,9558 in Fiscal 2018. In the 2019 period, the Company recorded a loss in impairment of assets held for sale of $93,488 relating to the closed Richmond location, the remainder of the variation bet ween years relates to poor weather conditions early in 2019 that had an adverse impact on sales.
13 Week Period Ended June 30, 2019 (Fiscal 2019) compared to the 13 Week Period Ended July 1, 2018 (Fiscal 2018):
|
|
June 30, 2019 |
|
|
July 1, 2018 |
|
||
Revenues |
|
|
100.0 | % |
|
|
100.0 | % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restaurant operating costs (excluding depreciation and amortization): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales – food and paper |
|
|
38.8 |
|
|
|
40.1 |
|
Labor costs |
|
|
30.1 |
|
|
|
29.7 |
|
Occupancy and operating |
|
|
14.0 |
|
|
|
14.7 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
8.8 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
Impairment of assets held for sale |
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Total costs and expenses |
|
|
99.9 |
|
|
|
92.3 |
|
Income from operations |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(2.3 | ) |
|
|
(2.2 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
|
(2.2 | )% |
|
|
5.5 | % |
Net revenues (or net sales) for Fiscal 2019 decreased $ 95,916 or ( 8. 7%) to $ 1 , 8 8 8,162 from $ 2,067,190 in Fiscal 2018. The decrease in revenues was primarily due to unfavorable weather where late season cold weather and late season snowfall adversely impacted sales versus the same period in the prior year and the closing of the Richmond, Indiana location near the end of 2018 .
Costs of Sales - food and paper
Cost of sales - food and paper for Fiscal 2019 decreased 11.6% to $ 733.893 ( 38. 8 % of restaurant sales) from $ 829,809 (40. 1 % of restaurant sales) in Fiscal 2018. This decrease in the cost of sales is mainly due to a decrease of $ 95 ,916 of sales during the same time period, as discussed above. This increase in cost of sales as a percent of restaurant sales is primarily due to more aggressive menu discounting in 2019.
Restaurant Operating Costs
Across all Company restaurants, restaurant operating costs (which refer to all the costs associated with the operation of our restaurants, but do not include general and administrative costs) as a percent of restaurant sales were 92.2 % for Fiscal 2019 compared to 92.2% for Fiscal 2018. This was due primarily to the $93,488 i mpairment charge to assts held for sale and the matters discussed in the “Cost of Sales,” The changes in restaurant-level costs from Fiscal 2018 to Fiscal 2019 are explained as follows:
Occupancy and Other Operating Costs
For Fiscal 2019, occupancy and other costs decreased 14.9 % or $ 30 , 739 to $ 175,286 ( 9 . 2 % of restaurant sales) from $ 206 ,025 ( 10.0 % of restaurant sales) in Fiscal 2018 as a result of the purchase of the West St. Paul Burger Time Store eliminating the rent expense associated with that unit.
Income from Operations
Income from operations for the 13 -week period was $ 6,492 in Fiscal 2019 compared to income from operations of $ 172, 548 in Fiscal 2018. In the 2019 period, the Company recorded a loss in impairment of assets held for sale of $93,488 relating to the closed Richmond location, the remainder of the variation between years relates to poor weather conditions in the late spring of 2019 having an adverse impact on sales.
37 |
|
Table of Contents |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash from operations, cash on hand and cash from debt financings (as described below). The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. For the year December 31, 2017, the Company incurred a net loss of $254,851. Cash flow provided by operating activities was $293,360 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. At December 31, 2018, the Company had $663,511 in cash and working capital deficit of $58,780. The purchase of the West St. Paul location, combined with a first quarter loss of $170,473 reduced the cash on-hand to $574,330 at March 31, 2019 and the Company had a working capital deficit of $113,460 at that date. A cash flow forecast for the next 12 months prepared by management indicates that the Company will have enough cash assets to meet all its obligations for a year from the issuance of these consolidated financial statements. During fiscal 2018, we raised an aggregate of $139,000 from debt financings and have an aggregate of $3,770,425 in debt outstanding.
In December 2016, the Company entered into an Agreement with Maxim Group, LLC to act as the Company’s Placement Agent for and equity offering and to assist the Company in identifying potential merger opportunities with both private and public companies. On July 30, 2018, the Company closed a private placement for a net amount of approximately $492,000 and completed the Share Exchange with an entity previously controlled by Maxim Group, LLC.
The Company is pursuing an additional financing and has advanced legal fees of $40,000 toward completing and filing documents which may be required. This amount is included as a prepaid offering cost in the balance sheet at December 30, 2018.
Our primary requirements for liquidity are to fund our working capital needs, capital expenditures, and general corporate needs, as well as to invest in or acquire companies that are synergistic with or complimentary to our business. Our operations do not require significant working capital and, like many restaurant companies, we generally operate with negative working capital. We anticipate that working capital deficits may be incurred in the future and possibly increase.
Our restaurant sales are primarily received in cash or by credit card and our restaurant operations do not require significant inventories or receivables. In addition, we receive trade credit for the purchase of food, beverages and supplies, reducing the need for incremental working capital to support growth. Based on current information, we believe that we will have enough capital to meet our long-term debt obligations, working capital and recurring capital expenditure needs in fiscal 2019; however, our projections of future cash needs and cash flows may differ from actual results. If cash that may be generated from our business operations is insufficient to continue to operate our business, we may be required to obtain more working capital. We may seek to obtain additional working capital following this offering through sales of our equity securities or through bank credit facilities or public or private debt from various financial institutions where possible. We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. The working capital deficit and debt outstanding could cause substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as going concern, but our plans indicate that the Company can meet its working capital needs through 2019. If we do identify sources for additional funding, the sale of additional equity securities or convertible debt could result in dilution to our shareholders. Additionally, the sale of equity securities or issuance of debt securities may be subject to certain security holder approvals or may result in the downward adjustment of the exercise or conversion price of our outstanding securities. We can give no assurance that we will generate sufficient cash flows in the future to satisfy our liquidity requirements or sustain future operations, or that other sources of funding, such as sales of equity or debt, would be available or would be approved by our security holders, if needed, on favorable terms or at all. If we fail to obtain additional working capital as and when needed, such failure could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, such lack of funds may inhibit our ability to respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated capital needs, or may force us to reduce operating expenses, which would significantly harm the business and development of operations.
No adjustments have been made relating to recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company not continue as a going concern.
38 |
|
Table of Contents |
Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure about Market Risk
Commodity Price Risk
We are subject to volatility in food costs as a result of market risk associated with commodity prices. Our ability to recover increased costs through higher pricing is, at times, limited by the competitive environment in which we operate. We do not enter into pricing agreements with any of our suppliers to manage these risks. Beef is our largest single food purchase and the price we pay for beef fluctuates weekly based on beef commodity prices. We do not currently manage this risk with commodity future and option contracts. A ten percent increase in the cost of beef would result in approximately $98,000 of additional food costs for the Company annually.
Seasonality and Inflation
Seasonal factors and the timing of holidays cause our revenue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Our revenue per restaurant is typically slightly lower in the first and fourth quarters due to holiday closures and the impact of cold weather at all our locations. Adverse weather conditions may also affect customer traffic, especially in the first and fourth quarters, when customers do not use our outdoor seating areas, which impacts the use of these areas and may adversely affect our revenue.
Management does not believe that inflation has had a material effect on income during the 2013 or 2014 fiscal years. Increases in food, labor or other operating costs could adversely affect the Company’s operations. In the past, however, the Company generally has been able to increase menu prices or modify its operating procedures to substantially offset increases in its operating costs.
The cost of construction has also increased in recent history. We expect that costs to construct new restaurants in our existing and contiguous markets will be more expensive than several years ago but we expect to achieve higher restaurant sales volumes and/or margin improvements to offset these or addition construction cost increases. Construction cost increases could have an adverse effect on our business and operations, particularly for new restaurant development.
We expect that the development of a franchise program will require significant financial and personnel resources. We could expend such capital and not realize the anticipated return on our investment in the program.
Our business is subject to a wide range of federal, state and local regulations, which are subject to change in ways we cannot now anticipate. We are uncertain as to the effect, if any, that changes in the regulatory environment may have on our Company.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
A description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position and results of operations is disclosed in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus.
39 |
|
Table of Contents |
Overview of Operations
We own and operate eight Burger Time restaurants and a Dairy Queen franchise. Our “Burger Time” restaurants feature a variety of burgers and other affordably priced foods such as chicken sandwiches, pulled pork sandwiches, sides and soft drinks. Our DQ restaurant serves the menu developed by DQ and sold across the country. We believe that our restaurants appeal to a broad range of consumers. We serve customers by way of a single or double drive-thru format and walk up windows. We generally do not offer interior seating but provide outdoor seating areas and parking areas for customer use. Our Burger Time restaurants are located in the upper Midwest, including four restaurants in North Dakota, two in South Dakota and two Minnesota, and our Dairy Queen franchise is located in Minnesota.
Our Burger Time operating principles include: (i) offering bigger burgers and more value for the money; (ii) offering a limited menu to permit the maximum attention to quality and speed of preparation; (iii) providing fast service by way of the single or double drive-thru design and a point-of-sale system at some of our restaurants that expedites the ordering and preparation process; and (iv) great tasting quality food made fresh to order at a fair price. Our primary strategy is to serve the drive-thru and take-out segment of the quick-service restaurant industry.
We operate in the fast food hamburger category of the QSR segment of the restaurant industry. The QSR segment comprises fast food restaurants characterized by limited menus, limited or no table service and fast service. In the United States, the QSR segment is the largest segment of the restaurant industry and has demonstrated growth over a long period of time. In 2018, QSRs represented 80 percent of total commercial foodservice visits in the United States and every day about 50 million Americans eat fast food. In 2017, this segment generated $290 billion in revenue in the U.S., making it the largest segment of the restaurant industry.
Our Corporate History
BT Brands, Inc. was incorporated as Hartmax of NY, Inc. in the State of Delaware in January 2016, with nominal assets and no operations, and, until the Share Exchange described below, was majority-owned by affiliates of the placement agent in the 2018 Private Placement. Upon the closing of the 2018 Private Placement, the Company and BTND, LLC, a Colorado limited liability company, which we refer to as BTND, entered into a Share Exchange Agreement whereby the members of BTND exchanged all of their membership interests in BTND for shares of our common stock, comprising 85.9% of Burger Time’s outstanding shares, without giving effect to the sale of any securities sold in the 2018 Private Placement. Two affiliates of the placement agent in the 2018 Private Placement held 11.7% of the common stock, without giving effect to the sale of any securities sold in the 2018 Private Placement. After giving effect to the Share Exchange, the Company became the sole member of BTND and BTND’s managing member, Gary Copperud, became the chief executive officer of the Company, and BTND became a wholly owned operating subsidiary of the Company.
On June 13, 2019, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation to change the corporate name to “BT Brands, Inc.” and to adopt certain provisions that are consistent with its status as a public company. On June 13, 2019, the Company adopted amended and restated bylaws also to reflect the Company’s status as a public company.
The Burger Time brand originated in August 1987 with the opening of the first restaurant in Fargo, North Dakota. Over the next five years, several additional Burger Time restaurants were opened and remain in operation in Minnesota, North Dakota and South Dakota. In 2005, the restaurant group was sold to STEN Corporation, a public company of which Kenneth Brimmer, our Chief Operating Officer and Chairman, and Gary Copperud, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, were and remain affiliates. In May 2007, BTND purchased the assets of the Burger Time restaurants and has maintained control of those assets since. Gary Copperud has been the managing member of BTND since the acquisition in 2007. The Company currently operates through BTND and its subsidiaries.
Since 2007, BTND from time to time sold restaurant assets, including the real property, for a profit, necessitating the closing of the stores located on the respective properties, and has closed two other stores upon the expiration of the leaseholds on which they were located. In December 2018, BTND closed a store located in Richmond Indiana, but have not closed any Burger Time restaurants since 2011.
40 |
|
Table of Contents |
The Company historically focused on growth through asset purchases of locations previously utilized and since vacated by other chains. After purchasing these properties, we remodel or reconstruct, as necessary, the pre-existing structure to our specifications. Since the fall of 2018 we have modified our growth strategy to encompass the acquisition of one or more existing restaurants or restaurant chains.
Burger Time Restaurants
Menu
At our Burger Time restaurants, we seek to give our customers more good food for their money and to give it to them “hot ‘n fresh.”
Our Burger Time restaurants feature a wide variety of juicy, flame broiled burgers that we refer to as “Bigger Burgers” because they are made with 25% more meat and are larger in diameter than the typical quarter pound burger offerings served by our competitors. Our burgers are custom made to our specifications by our supplier, with no fillers, only beef and salt. Each burger is made to a customer’s individual order, so they are served hot and fresh. Burger favorites include a mushroom Swiss burger, a jalapeno burger, and a full pound burger to satisfy the heartiest appetite. Other entrees include chicken sandwiches, pulled pork sandwiches and chicken chunks. Our burgers and sandwiches are served on fresh buns and are topped with generous helpings of top-tier condiments. We offer an array of traditional and signature sides, many of which have evolved into regional favorites, such as large cut battered onion rings, cheese curds, fried pickle spears and chicken fries. We also offer soft drinks and other reasonably priced food and beverage items. From time to time, we offer specialty sandwiches and wraps at similar price points. Our limited menu is designed to deliver quality across all products, a high taste profile and unmatched speed of delivery.
Our objective is to serve customers within 60 seconds of their arrival during the peak day parts of lunch and dinner and within 3 minutes at other times. We can achieve this based on our single and double drive-thru format and on our integrated restaurant design and equipment lay-out that allows us to deliver exceptional food with fast service times. Several of our restaurants have a computerized point-of-sale system which displays each item ordered on a monitor viewed by food and drink preparers. This enables the preparers to begin filling an order before the order is completed and totaled, thereby increasing the speed of service to the customer and the number of sales per hour.
One of our key operating strategies is to purchase most of our food items in single serving sizes, which allows us to minimize inventory and storage requirements and that mandates frequent deliveries, which ensures that our food is always fresh.
Our restaurants are generally open from 10 am to 10 pm seven days a week, for lunch, dinner and late-night snacks and meals.
We believe that our restaurants appeal to a broad spectrum of consumers but we appeal to consumers who appreciate the size and variety of our burgers, the value for the money proposition offered by our bigger burgers and the speed and efficiency offered by our single and double drive-thru windows.
41 |
|
Table of Contents |
Locations
The table below provides basic information about each of our restaurants.
Location |
|
Open Since |
|
|
Building (Approx. Sq. Ft.) |
|
|
Land (Sq. Ft.) |
|
|
Real Estate Owner |
|
Restaurant Business Owner |
|||
Fargo, North Dakota |
|
1987 |
|
|
|
600 |
|
|
|
35,000 |
|
|
BTND, LLC |
|
BTND, LLC |
|
Grand Forks, North Dakota |
|
1989 |
|
|
|
650 |
|
|
|
29,580 |
|
|
BTND, LLC |
|
BTND, LLC |
|
Waite Park, Minnesota |
|
1989 |
|
|
|
700 |
|
|
|
17,575 |
|
|
BTND, LLC |
|
BTND, LLC |
|
Bismarck, North Dakota |
|
1989 |
|
|
|
600 |
|
|
|
30,750 |
|
|
BTND, LLC |
|
BTND, LLC |
|
Sioux Falls, South Dakota |
|
1991 |
|
|
|
650 |
|
|
|
17,688 |
|
|
BTND, LLC |
|
BTND, LLC |
|
Sioux Falls, South Dakota (1) |
|
1991 |
|
|
|
650 |
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
Leased |
|
BTND, LLC |
|
Minot, North Dakota |
|
1992 |
|
|
|
800 |
|
|
|
33,600 |
|
|
BTND, LLC |
|
BTND, LLC |
|
Ham Lake, Minnesota (2) |
|
2015 |
|
|
|
1,664 |
|
|
|
31,723 |
|
|
BTND DQ, LLC (4) |
|
BTND DQ, LLC (3) |
|
West St. Paul, Minnesota (4) |
|
2016 |
|
|
|
1,020 |
|
|
|
18.280 |
|
|
BTND, LLC |
|
BTND, LLC |
|
Richmond, Indiana (5)(6) |
|
held for sale |
|
|
|
1,062 |
|
|
|
23,086 |
|
|
BTND IN, LLC (4) |
|
BTND, LLC |
|
Hazelwood, Missouri (6) |
|
held for sale |
|
|
|
1,566 |
|
|
|
51,386 |
|
|
BTND MO, LLC (5) |
|
BTND MO, LLC (5)(6) |
(1) |
Leased from a third party. |
|||||
(2) |
Dairy Queen franchise. |
|||||
(3) |
Restaurant operations are 99% owned by BTND, LLC and 1% owned by current restaurant manager. |
|||||
(4) |
100% owned by BTND, LLC. |
|||||
(5) |
Restaurant operations closed in December 2018. |
|||||
(6) |
Property for sale. |
We own the real estate on which all but one of our nine operating restaurants are situated. We lease the property on which one of our Sioux Falls, South Dakota restaurants is situated. The Sioux Falls location is leased on a month-to-month basis, for which we pay monthly rent of $1,600 to a third party.
All our owned properties are subject to mortgages secured by our real and personal property. At the end of fiscal 2018, we had $3.77 million in outstanding promissory notes payable on our owned locations. Interest on most of the notes is fixed at 4.75%, though two of our smaller notes have a fixed rate of 5.50%. One of the notes has an adjustable rate based on the five-year Treasury Note rate in 2021, with a floor of 4.00%. In addition to its being secured by the restaurants and other property at the sites, each note is also personally guaranteed by Gary Copperud, our Chief Executive Officer.
Our restaurants are in commercial and mixed-use zoning districts, where our target customers work, which positions the restaurants for lunch and dinner visits.
Burger Time Restaurant Design
Our Burger Time units are free-standing facilities with single or double drive-thru capability and walk-up service windows. The menu, store layout and equipment are designed to work together to allow us to offer exceptional food with fast service times. This integrated design allows for maximum food output with minimal labor.
Burger Time stores have a highly visible, distinctive and uniform look that is intended to appeal to customers of all ages. Historically, Burger Time stores have ranged from 600 to 800 sq. ft., though some of our recent stores have been larger, from approximately 1,000 to 1,650 sq. ft. Regardless of its size, each restaurant has been designed for maximum financial and operational efficiency, with only four employees required to effectively staff it. As a result of their small size, our restaurants can be constructed on as little as 15,000 square feet of land. As a result of the small size of the structure, our restaurants generally require a smaller capital investment and have lower occupancy and operating costs per restaurant than traditional quick-service competitors. The size of the facility also permits somewhat greater flexibility with respect to the selection of prospective sites for restaurants.
42 |
|
Table of Contents |
Our Burger Time design encompasses a tidy red and white structure and features distinctive a single drive thru window or double drive thru windows, one on each side. The roof overhangs to protect the drive thru windows from the weather. A walk-up service window is situated at the front of each restaurant. Our design and color scheme are intended to convey a message of “clean and fast” to the passing motorist. Our restaurants do not provide an interior dining area but offer parking and a patio for outdoor eating.
Staffing
Each restaurant is staffed with twelve to sixteen employees, including a manager, and an assistant manager. Work shifts are staggered and vary in length of time to ensure superior customer service during our busiest times. We are focused on customer service and we seek to staff our stores with personnel who are friendly, and customer focused.
We have been fortunate to have enjoyed a long relationship with many of the managers of our restaurants, several of whom have been with Burger Time more than seven years. We will seek to establish similar relationships with the managers joining us in the future.
Our highly experienced managers train new assistant managers over a period of several months in all facets of a restaurant’s operations. Other personnel can be trained in a matter of days.
Our manager training stresses food quality; fast, friendly customer service; restaurant cleanliness; and proper management operations of a quick service restaurant. We also focus on food safety and sanitation, employment laws and regulations, and systems to control food and labor costs.
Our managers and assistant managers are full time employees. We support our managers by offering competitive wages and benefits, including an incentive bonuses tied to sales performance for each quarter. Most other staff members are part time employees.
Our future growth and success are highly dependent upon our ability to attract, develop and retain qualified restaurant management and hourly staff members, which may be challenging.
Restaurant Reporting
Each restaurant has a computerized point-of-sale system monitored by the management of the restaurant. With this system, managers can monitor sales, labor, customer counts and other pertinent information. This information allows a manager to better control labor utilization, inventories and operating costs. Information is reported up to our corporate staff where it is analyzed to maximize cost efficiencies in food and labor costs and inventories and customer counts on a weekly basis and profit and loss statements and balance sheets on a monthly basis.
The general manager of each restaurant reports directly to our President, who oversees all aspects of restaurant operations including kitchen operations, restaurant facility management, new restaurant openings and the roll-out of key operational initiatives. All our restaurants prepare detailed monthly operating budgets and compare their actual results to their budgets.
Purchasing and Distribution
We purchase most of our food, paper, packaging and related supplies from Sysco Corporation, the nation’s largest distributor of food products. Sysco distributes these supplies to our restaurants on a frequent and routine basis. Typically, our inventory of supplies is never more than $5,000 at any restaurant. This ensures that our food is consistently fresh and frees cash flow for other purposes. Our agreement with Sysco expires on June 3, 2020. We have customarily entered into a new agreement with Sysco every two years. Either party may terminate the agreement after the initial year with 180 days’ notice or in the event of a material breach that is not cured within 60 days. The agreement may be terminated by Sysco in the event that we fail to pay any amounts owed, or if, in Sysco’s sole judgment, either our financial position deteriorates materially or Sysco becomes aware of circumstances that would materially impact our ability to meet our financial obligations.
We are party to a five-year exclusive beverage service agreement under which we have agreed for most locations to purchase our beverages, other than coffee, tea or milk, from Pepsi-Cola Bottling of Fargo., through December 22, 2020. Under this agreement, Pepsi provides to us economic incentives for being an exclusive supplier and provides beverage-dispensing equipment free of charge. Either party may terminate the agreement in the event of a material breach that is not cured within 30 days.
Beef is our largest product cost item and is expected to remain such for the foreseeable future. Fluctuations in supply and prices can significantly impact our financial results.
43 |
|
Table of Contents |
Marketing and Advertising
Our marketing efforts for Burger Time are intended to convey the principles that we believe attract our core customers – we provide our patrons with more good food for their money by offering them “a bigger burger” and we give it to them “hot ‘n now.”
To date, our marketing and advertising spend has been allocated to advertisements in newspapers and radio in the geographic areas in which our restaurants are located. In addition, we have employed product discount coupons, live remote broadcasts, customer contests and direct mailings. We also utilize marketing incentives from our suppliers whenever possible. Increasingly, we deploy social media tools, such as Facebook, to promote our brand and local stores. Increasingly, we deploy social media tools, such as Facebook, to promote our brand and local stores. Collectively, however, our marketing-related expenditures to date have historically comprised less than 1% of our net revenues.
We believe our restaurant sales have traditionally, and generally, been derived from drive-by traffic and dedicated return visits from loyal customers. However, we recognize that as we expand our restaurant base, our marketing and advertising expenditures will need to increase commensurately. We further expect that as we open new restaurants in existing geographic areas, we will be able to take advantage of operating and marketing efficiencies resulting from the “clustering” of our restaurants.
We expect to develop and deploy a more sophisticated marketing campaign, including an expanded social media presence, intended to build consumer brand awareness of our restaurants.
Dairy Queen Franchise
In October 2015, we acquired a 99% ownership interest in a Dairy Queen franchise in Ham Lake, Minnesota. The remaining 1% ownership interest in the franchise is owned by an unrelated third party who possesses certain Dairy Queen qualifications and whose ownership is required under the operating agreement with the franchisor. While we viewed the acquisition primarily as a business opportunity, we also believed that our proprietary Burger Time operations would benefit from senior management’s exposure to Dairy Queen’s product offerings and from our store managers’ participation in Dairy Queen’s training program.
Because we are a franchisee, we are party to a franchise agreement with Dairy Queen that, among other things, restricts our menu offerings at this location to the established Dairy Queen menu and severely limits our flexibility in the operating model we may employ at this location. Specifically, we are prohibited from selling any Burger Time items at this franchise and, other than in this Offering, may not market this restaurant as a part of our Burger Time family. For additional information about the limitations imposed on us at this restaurant by our franchise agreement, please see “RISK FACTORS— We currently own and operate a Dairy Queen franchise and are subject to the obligations and limitations imposed by our franchise agreement, and we may experience an adverse financial effect should the franchise agreement be terminated” appearing on page 41.
We have no plans at this time to enter into any other franchise agreements with Dairy Queen or any other national chain of restaurants, as we believe our profitable future can best be realized by expanding the Burger Time brand or by acquiring a small QSR chain. However, should we become aware of another attractive opportunity to assume control of a franchise, we may consider it.
Burger Time Restaurant Economic Model
Our new restaurant economic model is based on three principles: a low capital investment, low conversion and incremental expenses and lean and disciplined operating efficiencies. For example, in the case of our Burger Time locations, because we do not offer interior seating, our restaurant footprint is small, generally around 650 sq. ft., which can be situated on a parcel of real estate as small as 15,000 sq. ft (approximately 0.344 acres), which includes sufficient space for parking and outdoor seating. While some of our newer restaurants have been larger, enabling us to offer some limited in-store seating, our basic model remains the same and our real estate costs, whether we purchase or lease, remain relatively low.
44 |
|
Table of Contents |
Operationally, we take several steps to maintain efficiency, including maintaining inventory of no more than approximately $5,000 per store at any given time (which also has the advantage of allowing for frequent deliveries of fresh food).
Our current Burger Time restaurant investment model targets an average total cash investment of between $325,000 and $535,000, or an average of $425,000. Real estate and finance costs may vary materially by location but, assuming the average investment figure applies, the amount allocated to the purchase of real estate would be approximately $225,000. We would typically contribute 25% of the purchase price, or $56,250, in cash and the 75% balance, or $168,750, would be financed through third parties. We believe that owning the land is a financially sound investment and we intend to pursue this strategy for so long as economic conditions allow.
Restaurant opening expenses include both asset development directly related to the conversion of new restaurants and incremental out-of-pocket costs incurred prior to opening. The table below captures these expenses:
Fixtures and remodeling: |
|
$ | 150,000 |
|
Equipment and machines: |
|
$ | 25,000 |
|
Initial inventory: |
|
$ | 2,000 |
|
Hiring and training and related costs: |
|
$ | 10,000 |
|
Grand opening advertising: |
|
$ | 15,000 |
|
Security deposits, utility deposits, business licenses, attorneys’ fees and prepaid expenses, including insurance and miscellaneous expenses: |
|
$ | 11,000 |
|
These costs can fluctuate significantly, based on the number and timing of restaurant openings and the specific expenses incurred for each restaurant.
We historically have sought to acquire sites for Burger Time restaurants that previously had been operated as QSRs but that discontinued operations for any number of reasons. Our experience shows that there are a number of these sites with improvements available for purchase, in some cases below replacement cost. If we purchase properties such as these, we may be able to utilize the existing structure and remodel or renovate it to our specifications. We believe that we can convert these locations into Burger Time restaurants quickly and at meaningful cost savings relative to new restaurant construction. We believe that we can make these locations successful because we have developed a successful business model based on low capital requirements to construct and operate our restaurants. These reduced costs allow us to operate profitably where other fast food restaurants may not be able to because, for example, franchise fees may reduce the owner’s profits below what might be acceptable to us.
Based on our experience, we believe that our new restaurants may require six to nine months after opening, or more, to achieve their targeted restaurant-level sales and operating margin due to cost of sales and labor inefficiencies, especially with respect to restaurants that we open in new geographic areas. We have limited experience opening new restaurants, based upon our recent experience in both West St. Paul, Minnesota and Richmond, Indiana, the initial 2-3 months shows a strong “ honeymoon ” effect as patrons try a new location. As is common in the restaurant industry, following the initial honeymoon period, we see sales stabilize as we attract a group of regular repeat customers with the goal of growing the base of customers as we reach the target sales level in six to nine months and continue to grow in the future periods. If we open restaurants in new and untested markets, achieving targeted restaurant-level sales may take longer since the local population will not be familiar with our food and it will take time to build brand awareness. How quickly new restaurants achieve their targeted sales and operating margin depends on many factors, including the level of consumer familiarity with our brand when we enter new markets, as well as the availability of experienced managers and other staff. However, every restaurant has a unique opening sales pattern, and this pattern is difficult to predict. As a result, a significant number of restaurant openings in any single fiscal quarter, along with their associated opening expenses, could have a significant impact on our consolidated results of operations for that period. We believe that by a restaurant’s second full year of operations, we can achieve an annualized cash-on-cash return of approximately 30% of our investment on new restaurants, although there is no assurance that this target will be met. We determin e the annualized cash-on-cash return based upon the free cash flow generated by the unit a fter all expenses including required capital improvement compared to the net cash invested after deducting and mortgage financing secured before or after the unit is opened. This is the targeted r eturn calculated based upon our new unit investment analysis and is based upon li mited experience in opening new stores and there is no assurance the targeted returns will be achieved. “Cash-on-cash return” is calculated based on the restaurant-level earnings before interest, taxes, and depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), and is based upon the net equity investment by the Company in relation to EBITDA on an annualized basis. Our acquisition criteria seek to achieve a return in excess of the 30% target, as a result of the many risks and uncertainties surrounding an acquisition, there is no assurance this return will be achieved.
45 |
|
Table of Contents |
Growth Strategy
We are seeking to increase value for our shareholders in the foodservice industry. We expect to pursue the acquisition of multi-unit restaurant concepts and individual restaurant properties at attractive multiples of earnings. Once acquired, we will operate the business or businesses with a shared central management organization. Assuming we are successful in acquiring an operating business, following the acquisition, we expect to pursue a growth plan to both expand the number of locations and to increase comparable store sales and profits. Among the possible growth strategies, we may acquire operating assets where a franchise rollout of the acquired foodservice business is concluded by management to be the most appropriate growth plan. Management of a franchise business will expose the Company to additional risks that we do not currently face.
Our business plan is to grow through acquisitions in the foodservice industry. In addition, we may develop additional Burger Time locations through the acquisition and conversion of existing properties. We also expect to identify and complete acquisitions of existing restaurant units and multi-unit chains which could be operated and expanded through the addition of new locations.
The financing we received from the 2018 Private Placement described below did not provide sufficient capital to complete a significant restaurant acquisition. Recently, we have been reviewing potential acquisitions that will allow us to leverage our existing infrastructure with established profitable locations as we seek a high return on our invested capital; however, we do not have any specific acquisitions planned. Any such acquisition likely will require raising additional capital to complete the purchase and to grow the business. It is possible that future acquisitions may have locations which could converted to Burger Time stores.
We will seek to acquire one or more existing restaurants and/or restaurant chains, including concepts that feature menu options that differ from the menu items we offer at Burger Time. Restaurant businesses become available for acquisition frequently and we believe that we may be able to purchase either individual properties or multi-unit businesses at prices providing an attractive return on our investment. Successful execution of our acquisition strategy will allow us to diversify our operations both into other dining concepts and geographic locations. This strategy may include one or more restaurants that lease locations from a third party as opposed to owning the real property on which the stores are located. This approach would result in a change to our historical core business model which was to own the real estate on which our restaurants operate. This approach may prove to be riskier to our business and less appealing to investors and potential sources of funding.
In all cases, implementation of our growth strategy is contingent upon the availability of adequate financing to fund both the acquisition and our expansion
Expand Our Restaurant Base Through Acquisitions
The acquisition of an existing restaurant chain or individual restaurants combined with new restaurant development is expected to be the key driver of our growth strategy. We believe that there are numerous opportunities to acquire and open new restaurants in existing and new geographic areas. Initially, we plan to develop new restaurants in some of our existing markets to take advantage of operational and financial efficiencies. This approach can provide specific economic benefits including lower supply and distribution costs, improved marketing efficiencies and increased brand awareness.
From time to time, we may close restaurants based on operating metrics or other factors, we have closed only one restaurant since 2011 (Richmond, Indiana opened in 2017 and closed in 2018) and do not anticipate closing any restaurants in the remaining months of fiscal 2019 or in the foreseeable future thereafter. There is no guarantee that we will be able to increase the overall number of our restaurants. We may be unsuccessful in expanding within our existing or into new markets for a variety of reasons described elsewhere under “RISK FACTORS,” including competition for customers, sites, employees, licenses and financing.
Increase Comparable Restaurant Sales
We believe that acquisitions of restaurants relative to our comparable restaurant base will be our primary driver of growth and increased revenue. However, we are considering ways to improve sales and restaurant performance. We expect to develop a more aggressive on-line presence including a mobile app which could be downloaded by customers and used to drive immediate customer visits to our locations. In addition, we will continue to create and offer seasonal and limited-time specialties to keep our menu fresh and our customers interested.
46 |
|
Table of Contents |
Increase Brand Awareness
Our loyal customer base and following is now entering a third generation of Burger Time devotees. In order to develop and enhance brand awareness, we intend to update and expand our web presence. We expect to create a complete web-based program designed around mobile usage, including introducing a web- based loyalty program. We will deploy internet advertising to match specific menu items targeted to specific demographic groups. We will deploy cross-over ads with radio and social media interacting with each other. We intend to develop social media campaigns in other markets.
Trademarks and Service Marks
We have registered our trademarks “It’s Burger Time” and “Hot ‘n Now” with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. We believe that our trademarks and service marks have value to us and are important to our marketing efforts. We may develop additional marks in the future. Our policy is to pursue registration of our marks whenever possible and to oppose vigorously any infringement of its marks.
Competition
The restaurant industry is highly competitive and is dominated by major chains that possess substantially greater financial and other resources than we have. The industry is affected by changes in a geographic competition, changes in the public’s eating habits and preferences, local and national economic conditions affecting consumer spending habits, population trends and local traffic patterns. Key elements of competition in our industry are the price, quality and value of food products offered; quality and speed of service; advertising effectiveness; brand name awareness; restaurant convenience; and attractiveness of facilities. We compete primarily on the basis of value of food (portion size), price, food quality and speed of service. A significant change in pricing or other marketing strategies by one or more of our competitors could have an adverse impact on our sales, earnings and growth. Our competition includes a variety of national and regional fast food chains and locally owned restaurants that offer carry-out, dine-in, delivery and catering services, many of which have achieved significant brand and product recognition and engage in extensive advertising and promotional programs. Our competition in the geographic areas in which operate include McDonalds, Burger King, Carl’s Jr. and Wendy’s.
Seasonality
Seasonal factors and the timing of holidays cause our revenue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Our revenue per restaurant is typically slightly lower in the first and fourth quarters due to holiday closures and the impact of cold weather at our upper Midwest locations. Adverse weather conditions may also affect customer traffic, especially in the first and fourth quarters, when customers do not use our outdoor seating areas, which impacts the use of these areas and may adversely affect our revenue.
Employees
As of June 2019, the Company had three members of its senior corporate personnel and employed a total of four people. Each of the Burger Time restaurants and the Dairy Queen franchise has both a manager, who is a full-time, salaried employee, and an assistant manager or supervisor and a varying number of restaurant staff, all of whom are hourly employees. As of June 30, 2019, we had approximately 132 employees, of which 14 were full time and 118 were part time. None of our employees are unionized or covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we consider our current employee relations to be good.
Marketable Securities
We have, from time to time, including the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, purchased publicly traded marketable securities, which are classified in our consolidated financial statements as “available-for-sale.” These securities consisted of investments in exchange-listed common stocks with published prices per share readily available.
PROPERTIES
A description of our restaurant properties appears above under the heading “BUSINESS—Locations.” We lease our executive offices, consisting of approximately 1,000 square feet located at 405 West Main Street, West Fargo, North Dakota, on a month-to-month basis at a cost of $500 per month. We believe our current office space is suitable and adequate for its intended purposes and our near-term expansion plans.
47 |
|
Table of Contents |
Mortgages
We currently have mortgages on each of our restaurant locations except two. As of December 30, 2018, the total amount of the loans we owe on those properties is $3.77 million. Our monthly payments on these mortgages total $36,128.
Rental Properties
We currently lease one of our Sioux Falls, South Dakota locations on a month-to-month basis and the monthly rent we pay is $1,600.
Regulation and Compliance
Our operations are subject to a wide range of federal, state and local government regulations, including those relating to, among others, public health and safety, zoning and fire codes, labor and franchising. Our failure to obtain or retain food or other licenses and registrations or exemptions would adversely affect the operations of our restaurants. We operate each of our restaurants in accordance with standards and procedures designed to comply with applicable laws, codes and regulations. To date, we have not experienced and do not anticipate any significant problems in obtaining required licenses, permits or approvals, however, any difficulties, delays or failures in obtaining such licenses, permits, registrations, exemptions, or approvals in the future could delay or prevent the opening of, or adversely impact the viability of, a restaurant.
The development and construction of additional restaurants will be subject to compliance with applicable zoning, land use and environmental regulations. We believe federal and state environmental regulations have not had a material effect on operations, but more stringent and varied requirements of local government bodies with respect to zoning, land use and environmental factors could delay construction and increase development costs for new restaurants.
We are also subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 and various federal and state laws governing such matters as minimum wages, overtime, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates, citizenship requirements and other working conditions. A significant portion of the hourly staff is paid at rates consistent with the applicable federal or state minimum wage and, accordingly, increases in the minimum wage will increase labor costs. We are also subject to various laws and regulations relating to any future franchise operations. We are also subject to the Americans with Disabilities Act, which prohibits discrimination based on disability in public accommodations and employment, which may require us to design or modify our restaurants to make reasonable accommodations for disabled persons.
A number of states, counties and cities have enacted menu labeling laws requiring multi-unit restaurant operators to disclose to consumers certain nutritional information, or have enacted legislation restricting the use of certain types of ingredients in restaurants. Many of these requirements are inconsistent or interpreted differently from one jurisdiction to another. These requirements may be different or inconsistent with requirements that we are subject to under the ACA, which establishes a uniform, federal requirement for certain restaurants to post nutritional information on their menus. Specifically, the ACA requires chain restaurants with 20 or more locations in the United States operating under the same name and offering substantially the same menus to publish the total number of calories of standard menu items on menus and menu boards, along with a statement that puts this calorie information in the context of a total daily calorie intake. The ACA also requires covered restaurants to provide to consumers, upon request, a written summary of detailed nutritional information for each standard menu item, and to provide a statement on menus and menu boards about the availability of this information upon request. While our ability to adapt to consumer preferences is a strength of our concepts, the effect of such labeling requirements on consumer choices, if any, is unclear at this time.
Currently, the Company is not engaged in the business as a “franchisor” and operates a Dairy Queen unit as a “franchisee of Dairy Queen. Franchise operations will be governed by state laws that regulate the offer and sale of franchises and the franchisor – franchisee relationship. Such laws generally require registration of the franchise offering with state authorities and regulate the franchise relationship by, for example, requiring the franchisor to deal with its franchisees in good faith, prohibiting interference with the right of free association among franchisees, limiting the imposition of standards of performance on a franchisee and regulating discrimination against franchisees in charges, royalties or fees. In addition, such laws may restrict a franchisor in the termination of a franchise agreement by, for example, requiring “good cause” to exist as a basis for the termination, advance notice to the franchisee of the termination, an opportunity to cure a default and a repurchase of inventory or other compensation.
48 |
|
Table of Contents |
Environmental Matters
Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to environmental protection, including regulation of discharges into the air and water, storage and disposal of waste and clean-up of contaminated soil and groundwater. Under various federal, state and local laws, an owner or operator of real estate may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, in or emanating from such property. Such liability may be imposed without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances.
We have not conducted a comprehensive environmental review of our properties or operations. No assurance can be given that we have identified potential environmental liabilities at our properties or that such liabilities will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm our business. We are currently not aware of any such legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.
Directors and Executive Officers
The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus:
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
Executive Officers and Directors: |
|
|
||
Gary Copperud |
|
61 |
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
Kenneth Brimmer |
|
64 |
|
Chief Operating Officer and Chairman |
Jeffrey A. Zinnecker |
|
62 |
|
Director |
Mark Petri |
|
47 |
|
Manager of Operations |
Background Information about our Officers and Directors
Mr. Copperud has served as the Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company since July 31, 2018, the date on which we closed the Share Exchange. He was a founding member of BTND in 2007 and served as BTND’s managing manager and chief financial officer since its inception. From 1998 through April 2007, he was a director of STEN Corporation, resigning when BTND acquired Burger Time assets. In addition, Mr. Copperud served as the President of STEN’s Burger Time Acquisition Corporation subsidiary from July 2004 until his resignation in April 2007. During part of 2015, Mr. Copperud was the principal executive officer of Pretoria Resources Two, Inc., d/b/a It’s Burger Time Restaurant Group, Inc., i.e. Pretoria, while a merger between BTND and Pretoria was briefly in effect. From 1992 to 2013, Mr. Copperud was a partner in Peak to Peak Financial, LLC, which acquired, developed and sold real estate. Since 1993, Mr. Copperud has been president/general manager of CMM Properties, LLC, an investment company with holdings in real estate and securities, located in Fort Collins, Colorado. Prior to that, Mr. Copperud was self-employed in the fields of securities and real estate investment and development. We believe Mr. Copperud’s long tenure as managing member of BTND, as well as his prior experience as a member of the Board of Directors of a public company, qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.
49 |
|
Table of Contents |
Mr. Brimmer has served as the Chief Operating Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company and Prin cipal Accounting Officer since July 31, 2018, the date on which we closed the Share Exchange. Mr. Brimmer has a wide range of experience including several early stage and rapidly growing businesses, serving at various times as President, Chief Executive Officer, and a director of several public and private companies. Mr. Brimmer’s restaurant experience includes serving as President of Rainforest Cafe, Inc. during a period of rapid growth of new restaurants. Mr. Brimmer is the Chief Executive Officer of Hypertension Diagnostic, Inc. and its subsidiary HDI Plastics, Inc. He has served on the board of HDI since 1998 and has been CEO since September 2012. He is also CEO of privately held Brimmer Company, LLC. The operations of Brimmer Company, LLC include Stencor Company, LLC. a Jacksonville, Texas, based injection molding and contract manufacturing business. He also has served as CEO of STEN Corporation, a, diversified business since October 2003. Mr. Brimmer was a Director of Landry’s Restaurants from June of 2004 until April of 2017 and served on the Audit and Compliance Committee of its Golden Nugget – New Jersey Casino. Previously, he was President of Rainforest Cafe, Inc., which grew from start-up to over 6000 employees from April 1997 until April 2000 and was Treasurer from its inception in 1995 until April 2000. Mr. Brimmer was responsible for managing several stock offerings at Rainforest Cafe resulting in over $200 million in equity for the company. Prior to Rainforest, Mr. Brimmer was employed by Berman Consulting, LLC from 1990 until April 1997. Mr. Brimmer has a degree in accounting and worked as a certified public accountant (currently inactive) in the audit division of Arthur Andersen & Co. from 1977 through 1981. We believe Mr. Brimmer’s long and varied career as a business executive, particularly his service as the chief operating officer of a major restaurant chain, qualifies him to serve on, and chair, our Board of Directors.
Mr. Zinnecker has served as a director of the Company since July 31, 2018, the date on which we closed the Share Exchange. He was a founding member of BTND in 2007. Mr. Zinnecker is the President and principal owner of Zinncorp Inc., an information technology consulting company in Minneapolis, Minnesota, which he founded in 1989. Prior to then, Mr. Zinnecker was employed as a technology consultant for North States Power Company, now Xcel Energy. We believe that Mr. Zinnecker’s background as a member of BTND from its founding through the Share Exchange and his professional relationship with Mr. Copperud qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.
Mr. Petri joined BTND in January 2017 as Manager of Operations. From May 2016 through December 2016, he acted as a consultant to BTND. Mr. Petri has extensive experience in managing restaurants and retail operations. From September 2011- May 2016, he worked as Area General Manager for NPC International, based in Pittsburg, KS, where he led and directed business operations for nine franchise units with an annual budget of $8.5 million, including the training and development of store managers. Prior to that, he owned and operated a single restaurant in Buxton, ND from April 2006 through 2011, worked as an assistant store manager at a Wal-Mart based in Bentonville, AK between July 2004-July 2006, and as a general store manager at Home Depot and Lowes Home Improvement between May 1997-July 2004. Mr. Petri also is the owner an d manager of two casual Mexican-themed restaurants located in Grafton and Mayville, North Dakota.
We are not party to any employment agreements or other agreements with Messrs. Copperud, Brimmer or Petri that prevent them from providing similar services to other companies in our industry, which could potentially give rise to a conflict of interest if they chose to offer their services to a competitor. However, under Delaware law, as directors, Messrs. Copperud, Brimmer and Zinnecker will owe a duty of loyalty to our stockholders, which places limits on their ability to enter into transactions that conflict with the interests of our stockholders. If any of Messrs. Copperud, Brimmer, Zinnecker or Petri left the Company, they would not be prevented from participating in a venture or business that competes with us.
50 |
|
Table of Contents |
Involvement in certain legal proceedings.
None of the following events has occurred during the past ten years and which are material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of any director or executive officer:
(1)
|
A petition under the federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law was filed by or against, or a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer was appointed by a court for the business or property of such person, or any partnership in which he was general partner at or within two years before the time of such filing, or any corporation or business association of which he was an executive officer at or within two years before the time of such filing; |
|
(2) |
Such person was convicted in a criminal proceeding or is a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses); |
|
(3) |
Such person was the subject of any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining him from, or otherwise limiting, the following activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
Acting as a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, floor broker, leverage transaction merchant, any other person regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or an associated person of any of the foregoing, or as an investment adviser, underwriter, broker or dealer in securities, or as an affiliated person, director or employee of any investment company, bank, savings and loan association or insurance company, or engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with such activity; |
|
(ii) |
Engaging in any type of business practice; or |
|
(iii) |
Engaging in any activity in connection with the purchase or sale of any security or commodity or in connection with any violation of federal or state securities laws or federal commodities laws; |
|
|
|
(4)
|
Such person was the subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any federal or state authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting for more than 60 days the right of such person to engage in any activity described in paragraph (3)(i) above, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity; |
|
(5)
|
Such person was found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the SEC to have violated any Federal or state securities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the SEC has not been subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated; |
|
(6)
|
Such person was found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated any federal commodities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated; |
|
|
Such person was the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of: |
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
Any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation; or |
|
(ii)
|
Any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order; or |
|
(iii)
|
Any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or |
|
(8) |
Such person was the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization, any registered entity, or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member. |
Term of Office
All our directors will hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or appointed or the earlier of their death, resignation or removal. Executive officers are appointed and serve at the discretion of the board of directors.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among our directors or officers.
51 |
|
Table of Contents |
Board Composition
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of three members. The members of our board of directors were elected in compliance with the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. None of our stockholders have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.
We do not have a policy regarding the consideration of any director candidates that may be recommended by our stockholders, including the minimum qualifications for director candidates, nor have our officers and directors established a process for identifying and evaluating director nominees. We have not adopted a policy regarding the handling of any potential recommendation of director candidates by our stockholders, including the procedures to be followed. Our officers and directors have not considered or adopted any of these policies as we have never received a recommendation from any stockholder for any candidate to serve on our Board of Directors.
Director Independence
Our securities are not listed on a national securities exchange or on any inter-dealer quotation system, which has a requirement that a majority of directors be independent. We evaluate independence by the standards for director independence set forth in the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Under such rules, our board of directors has determined that of the members of our board of directors are independent directors. In making such independence determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. In considering the independence of the directors, our board of directors considered the association of our directors with the holders of more than 5% of our common stock. We expect to transition the composition and functioning of our board of directors and each of our committees to comply with all applicable requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market and the rules and regulations of the SEC. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Committees
Our bylaws provide that our board of directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administration functions; however, at this time, we are not required to and do not have any committees of the board of directors. The functions of an audit committee, a compensation committee or a nominating committee are being undertaken by our board of directors. Because we do not have any independent directors, our Board believes that the establishment of committees of our Board would not provide any benefits to our Company.
Board Leadership Structure
Our board of directors has a Chairman, Kenneth Brimmer, who has authority, among other things, to preside over board of directors’ meetings, and to call special meetings of the board. Accordingly, the Chairman has substantial ability to shape the work of our board of directors. We currently believe that separation of the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer reinforces the leadership role of our board of directors in its oversight of the business and affairs of our Company. In addition, we currently believe that having a separate Chairman creates an environment that is more conducive to objective evaluation and oversight of management’s performance, increasing management accountability and improving the ability of our board of directors to monitor whether management’s actions are in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. However, no single leadership model is right for all companies. Our board of directors recognizes that depending on the circumstances, other leadership models, such as combining the role of Chairman with the role of Chief Executive Officer, might be appropriate. As a result, our board of directors may periodically review its leadership structure.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
Our certificate of incorporation provides that to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, a director shall not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Our bylaws provide that we shall indemnify and hold harmless our directors and officers, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except that we will not be required to indemnify or hold harmless any director or officer in connection with any proceeding initiated by such person unless the proceeding was authorized by our board of directors. Under our bylaws, such rights shall not be exclusive of any other rights acquired by directors and officers, including by agreement.
52 |
|
Table of Contents |
Our bylaws provide that we will pay expenses to any director or officer prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, provided, however, that such advancements shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by such director or officer to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that such director or officer is not entitled to indemnification under the bylaws of or otherwise.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
The above provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. The provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceedings that might result in a claim for such indemnification.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. The code of business conduct and ethics is available on our website at www. itsburgertime.com. We intend to post any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Summary Compensation Table
The following Summary Compensation Table sets forth all compensation earned in all capacities during the 2017 and 2018 fiscal years by our principal executive officer and principal financial officer. No other officer or employee of the Company received total compensation for either 2017 or 2018, as determined in accordance with Item 402 of Regulation S-K, that exceeded $100,000:
Name and Principal Position |
|
Year |
|
Salary ($) |
|
|
Bonus ($) |
|
|
Stock Awards ($) |
|
|
Option Awards ($) |
|
|
Non- Qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($) |
|
|
All Other Compensation ($) |
|
|
Total ($) |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Gary Copperud, |
|
2018 |
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
Chief Executive Officer (1) |
|
2017 |
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Brimmer, |
|
2018 |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
Chief Operating Officer |
|
2017 |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
___________
1. |
During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, prior to the Share Exchange, BTND paid annual compensation of $150,000 to Mr. Copperud, its managing member, who currently serves as our Chief Executive Officer. |
Director Compensation
We have not paid any compensation to our directors since the Share Exchange.
53 |
|
Table of Contents |
Officer Compensation
During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, prior to the Share Exchange, the Company did not pay compensation to any officer.
During 2019, we paid to Mr. Copperud salary of $150,000 for 2018 which was pro-rated commencing upon the closing of the Share Exchange for serving as the Chief Executive Officer and will receive the same salary for 2019.
We expect to pay Mr. Brimmer a salary in such amount as our board of directors may determine, as cash flow permits.
The Company is not party to employment agreements with any of its officers.
Compensation Plans
2019 Incentive Stock Plan
In October 2019, our board of directors and stockholders adopted the 2019 Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”). An aggregate of 500,000 shares of our common stock is reserved for issuance and available for awards under the Plan, including incentive stock options granted under the Plan. The Plan administrator may grant awards to any employee, director, consultant or other person providing services to us or our affiliates. As of the date of this prospectus, we have awarded an aggregate of 9,000 shares of common stock as a stock bonus to thirty of or senior employees.
The Plan shall be initially administered by the Board. The Plan administrator has the authority to determine, within the limits of the express provisions of the Plan, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, the nature, amount and terms of such awards and the objectives and conditions for earning such awards. The Board may at any time amend or terminate the Plan, provided that no such action may be taken that adversely affects any rights or obligations with respect to any awards previously made under the Plan without the consent of the recipient. No awards may be made under the Plan after the tenth anniversary of its effective date.
Awards under the Plan may include incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted shares of common stock, restricted stock Units, performance share or Unit awards, stock bonuses and other stock-based awards and cash-based incentive awards.
Stock Options. The Plan administrator may grant to a participant options to purchase our common stock that qualify as incentive stock options for purposes of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (“incentive stock options”), options that do not qualify as incentive stock options (“non-qualified stock options”) or a combination thereof. The terms and conditions of stock option grants, including the quantity, price, vesting periods, and other conditions on exercise will be determined by the Plan administrator. The exercise price for stock options will be determined by the Plan administrator in its discretion, but non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of one share of our company’s common stock on the date when the stock option is granted. Additionally, in the case of incentive stock options granted to a holder of more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock on the date of grant, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date the stock option is granted. Stock options must be exercised within a period fixed by the Plan administrator that may not exceed ten years from the date of grant, except that in the case of incentive stock options granted to a holder of more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock on the date of grant, the exercise period may not exceed five years. At the Plan administrator’s discretion, payment for shares of common stock on the exercise of stock options may be made in cash, shares of our common stock held by the participant or in any other form of consideration acceptable to the Plan administrator (including one or more forms of “cashless” or “net” exercise).
Stock Appreciation Rights. The Plan administrator may grant to a participant an award of SARs, which entitles the participant to receive, upon its exercise, a payment equal to (i) the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the exercise date over the SAR exercise price, times (ii) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the SAR is exercised. The exercise price for a SAR will be determined by the Plan administrator in its discretion; provided, however, that in no event shall the exercise price be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
Restricted Shares and Restricted Units. The Plan administrator may award to a participant shares of common stock subject to specified restrictions (“restricted shares”). Restricted shares are subject to forfeiture if the participant does not meet certain conditions such as continued employment over a specified forfeiture period and/or the attainment of specified performance targets over the forfeiture period. The Plan administrator also may award to a participant Units representing the right to receive shares of common stock in the future subject to the achievement of one or more goals relating to the completion of service by the participant and/or the achievement of performance or other objectives (“restricted units”). The terms and conditions of restricted share and restricted unit awards are determined by the Plan administrator.
Stock Bonuses. Stock bonuses may be granted as additional compensation for service or performance, and may be settled in the form of common stock, cash or a combination thereof, and may be subject to restrictions, which may vest subject to continued service and/or the achievement of performance conditions.
Performance Awards. The Plan administrator may grant performance awards to participants under such terms and conditions as the Plan administrator deems appropriate. A performance award entitles a participant to receive a payment from us, the amount of which is based upon the attainment of predetermined performance targets over a specified award period. Performance awards may be paid in cash, shares of common stock or a combination thereof, as determined by the Plan administrator.
Other Stock-Based Awards. The Plan administrator may grant equity-based or equity-related awards, referred to as “other stock-based awards,” other than options, SARs, restricted shares, restricted Units, or performance awards. The terms and conditions of each other stock-based award will be determined by the Plan administrator. Payment under any other stock-based awards will be made in common stock or cash, as determined by the Plan administrator.
Cash-Based Awards. The Plan administrator may grant cash-based incentive compensation awards, which would include performance-based annual cash incentive compensation to be paid to covered employees subject to Section 162(m) of the Code. The terms and conditions of each cash-based award will be determined by the Plan administrator.
54 |
|
Table of Contents |
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Below we describe transactions and series of related transactions to which we were a party, or may be a party, and which we have entered into since January 1, 2017, or is currently proposed, in which:
|
· |
the amounts involved exceeds or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 or 1% of the average of our total assets as of the end of the last two completed fiscal years; and |
|
· |
any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member of such persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. |
In July 2017, Greater Des Moines Ice Rink, LLC., an affiliate of the Company by virtue of common ownership, loaned our wholly owned subsidiary, BTND, LLC, the sum of $75,000. The amount was evidenced by a promissory note which provided for interest at the rate of 8% per year and which was paid in December 2018. Greater Des Moines Ice Rink is controlled by persons who were members of BTND at the time the advances, which such person are now stockholders in the Company.
In 2015, BTND Checkers, LLC, an entity controlled by two members of the Company, acquired a potential Burger Time location in West St. Paul, Minnesota. Members of the Company formed an unconsolidated entity called BTMN, LLC (“BTMN”) for purposes of developing a Burger Time unit at the West St. Paul Location. The West St. Paul real property was leased under a lease agreement for a 1,020-square foot location with BTND Checkers, LLC, a limited liability corporation controlled by two members of the Company. The unit opened in August 2016. The original terms of the net lease called for monthly payments beginning in January 2015 of $4,500 plus payment of real estate taxes. On December 30, 2018, the Company exercised its option to acquire the property at the for $225,000.
During fiscal 2017 and 2018, BTND Trading, LLC., an affiliate of the Company by virtue of common ownership, loaned the Company funds for working capital. As of the date of this prospectus, all amounts due by the Company to BTND Trading are evidenced by a promissory note in the principal amount of $225,000 dated June 30, 2019 which bears interest at the rate of 8% per year. On August 1, 2019, the Company will commence making monthly payments of $5,000 under the note which matures on June 1, 2021 at which time the Company will make a balloon payment of approximately $143,339.
Gary Copperud has extended a personal guaranty on each of the promissory notes evidencing loans on the real properties owned by the Company.
The Company pays the salary and benefits of the Company controller based in Fargo, North Dakota and the Company pays monthly rent for the office space of $500 per month. From time-to-time, the Company’s controller provides limited bookkeeping and administrative assistance for entities that are controlled by shareholders of the Company. These are minimal services for which the Company has not been compensated.
On August 4, 2019, the Company entered into a Convertible Promissory Note C and Class A Warrant Purchase Agreement with Next Gen Ice, Inc. (“NGI”) , a provider of automated ice delivery systems to the convenience store and other markets, to purchase a promissory note in the principal amount of $54,000 (the “NGI Note”). Gary Copperud, our chief executive officer and a member of our board of directors, is a member of the board of directors of NGI. Great Peak, Inc., of which Mr. Copperud is a member of the board of directors and principal stockholder , owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding stock of NGI. The NGI Note either (i) is payable on February 4, 2020 (six months from the date of issuance) with interest accrued at 14% per year, in which case NGI will issue to the Company the common stock purchase warrant described below, or (ii) is convertible, at the option of the Company, into shares of the series of NGI preferred stock sold to purchasers in a transaction or series of related transactions resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to NGI of at least $1,000,000, which is referred to in the agreement as a qualified financing, at a price per share equal to 75% of the price paid by such purchasers. In the event that the Company does not convert the NGI into preferred stock and instead elects to receive repayment of the NGI Note in cash, the Company will have the right to purchase NGI common stock pursuant a warrant entitling it to purchase up to a number of shares of common stock calculated by dividing the principal amount of the NGI Note by the price paid by purchasers in a qualified financing for a period of three years. The shares of NGI common stock issuable to the Company either (i) upon the conversion of the NGI preferred stock it receives upon conversion of the principal amount of the NGI Note or (ii) the exercise of the warrant are subject to registration rights equivalent to the registration rights that NGI grants to purchasers in a qualified financing, if any.
55 |
|
Table of Contents |
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the date of this prospectus, by:
|
(i) |
each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, |
|
(ii) |
each director and each of our executive officers; and |
|
(iii) |
all executive officers and directors as a group. |
As of the date of this prospectus, there were 8,095,005 shares of our common stock outstanding.
The number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by each person is determined under the rules of the Commission and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which such person has sole or shared voting power or investment power and also any shares which the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days after the date hereof, through the exercise of any stock option, warrant or other right. Unless otherwise indicated, each person has sole investment and voting power (or shares such power with his or her spouse) with respect to the shares set forth in the following table. The inclusion herein of any shares deemed beneficially owned does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership of those shares.
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person listed below is c/o the Company, 405 Main Avenue West, Suite 2D, West Fargo, ND 58078.
Name of Beneficial Owner |
|
Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned |
|
|
% of Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned |
|
||
Officers and Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Gary Copperud (1) |
|
|
2,176,680 | (2) |
|
|
26.89 | % |
Kenneth Brimmer (3) |
|
|
160,000 |
|
|
|
1.98 | % |
Jeffrey A. Zinnecker |
|
|
1,517,080 |
|
|
|
18.74 | % |
Total for all Officers and Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5% Stockholders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sally Copperud (1) |
|
|
1,517,080 |
|
|
|
18.74 | % |
Samuel Vandeputte |
|
|
692,580 |
|
|
|
8.56 | % |
Trost Family Trust |
|
|
692,580 |
|
|
|
8.56 | % |
Maxim Partners, LLC (3) |
|
|
629,156 | (4) |
|
|
7.75 | % |
__________
(1) |
Gary Copperud and Sally Copperud are husband and wife. Each such person disclaims beneficial ownership of the other’s shares of common stock. |
(2) |
Includes 329,800 shares of common stock beneficially owned by the Katelyn J. Copperud Trust and 329,800 shares of common stock beneficially owned by the Blake W. Copperud Trust for which trusts Mr. Copperud is the sole trustee. |
(3) |
Represents shares of common stock owned by Brimmer Company, LLC, an affiliate of Mr. Brimmer. |
(4) |
The address of this stockholder is 405 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10174. |
(5) |
Includes 600,000 shares of common stock and 29,156 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a Placement Agent Warrant at a price of $1.65 per share. |
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been a no public market for our common stock. After the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will seek to identify a market maker to file an application with FINRA for our common stock to be admitted to quotation on the OTCQB. However, we have not yet identified a market maker that has agreed to file such application and we cannot assure investors that an application for quotation will be filed, that if filed, it will be approved, or that any trading market will develop for our common stock and if developed, will be sustained.
56 |
|
Table of Contents |
All of the 8,095,005 shares of common stock outstanding prior to the effective date of this registration statement are “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemption provided by Rule 144, which is summarized below.
In this registration statement, we are registering for public resale under the Securities Act an aggregate of 1,567,812 shares of common stock which includes:
|
· |
410,005 shares sold in the 2018 Private Placement; |
|
· |
205,006 shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants; |
|
· |
920,000 shares held by stockholders of the Company prior to the Share Exchange; and |
|
· |
32,801 shares issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants. |
All of the foregoing shares of common stock are being registered under the Securities Act pursuant to the terms of registration rights agreements with the holders of such securities which are described below.
Upon the effective date of this registration statement, except as described in the ensuing sentence, all of the foregoing shares of common stock will be freely tradable, without restriction, in any public market that may develop for our common stock. The placement agent in the 2018 Private Placement is restricted from selling, pledging or transferring any of its securities in the Company, other than to certain of its affiliates or successors, until a date that is six months after the effective date of this registration statement.
Sale of Restricted Shares
All of the 8,095,005 shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus that are not being registered in this registration statement are “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us, in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144, which is summarized below.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
|
· |
1% of the number of the shares of common stock then outstanding; or |
|
· |
The average weekly trading volume of the shares of common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale. |
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
57 |
|
Table of Contents |
Registration Rights
Registration Rights Granted to Purchasers in the 2018 Private Placement
In connection with the 2018 Private Placement, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with the purchasers of the securities we sold in that offering pursuant to which we agreed that we file a registration statement with the SEC covering the shares of common stock issued in the 2018 Private Placement and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants sold in the 2018 Private Placement. The filing of this registration statement satisfies our obligation to make such filing. For a more complete discussion of the Registration Rights Agreement, please see the section entitled “Summary—Description of 2018 Private Placement.”
Registration Rights Granted to the Placement Agent in the 2018 Private Placement
As partial consideration for acting as the as the placement agent for the Private Offering, we issued to Maxim and one its designees Placement Agent Warrants entitling it to purchase 32,801 shares of common stock at a price of $1.65 per share and granted to Maxim registration rights with respect to such shares. For a more complete discussion of the Registration Rights Agreement, please see the section entitled “Summary—Description of 2018 Private Placement.”
Registration Rights Granted to Certain Holders of Common Stock Who Acquired Shares Prior to the Share Exchange
Maxim Group LLC, the placement agent for the 2018 Private Placement, and one of its affiliates along with one other person that acquired shares of the common stock prior to the Share Exchange, have been granted registration rights with respect to 920,000 shares of common stock owned by them as of the date of this prospectus on the same terms and conditions of the purchasers in the 2018 Private Placement. All such shares of common stock are being registered in this registration statement. For a more complete discussion of the Registration Rights Agreement, please see the section entitled “Summary—Description of 2018 Private Placement.”
General
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 50,000,000 shares of common stock and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, each having a par value of $0.001 per share.
As of the date of this prospectus, there were:
|
· |
8,095,005 shares of our common stock outstanding; and |
|
· |
no shares of our preferred stock designated or outstanding. |
Common Stock
The holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share. In addition, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared by our Board of Directors out of legally available funds; however, the current policy of our Board of Directors is to retain earnings, if any, for operations and growth. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets that are legally available for distribution. The holders of our common stock will have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock, which may be designated solely by action of our board of directors and issued in the future.
Preferred Stock
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without further stockholder approval, to establish and to issue from time to time one or more classes or series of preferred stock. Each class or series of preferred stock will cover the number of shares and will have the powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions determined by the board of directors, which may include, among others, dividend rights, liquidation preferences, voting rights, conversion rights, preemptive rights and redemption rights. Except as provided by law or in a preferred stock designation, the holders of preferred stock will not be entitled to vote at or receive notice of any meeting of stockholders.
Preferred stock could be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change in control of us or make it more difficult to remove our management. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock.
58 |
|
Table of Contents |
Warrants
In connection with the 2018 Private Placement we sold and issued an aggregate of 205,006 Warrants to investors in the offering. Each Warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of our common stock at an initial exercise price equal to $2.00 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time through July 31, 2023, five years from the closing of the 2018 Private Offering. If all of the Warrants were exercised for cash, we would receive proceeds of $410,012; however, because we did not have effective under federal securities laws a registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants by February 26, 2019, the Warrants became exercisable on a cashless basis in the discretion of the holders of such Warrants. We cannot predict whether the Warrants will be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, if they are exercised at all.
The Warrants are redeemable by the Company at a price of $0.01 per Warrant at any time if the closing price of the common stock on either the over-the-counter market or the national securities exchange on which our common stock may be listed equals or exceeds $4.00 per share for at least fifteen trading days, consecutive or not, over the prior thirty-day period. A written notice of such redemption must be delivered to Warrant holders at least thirty days prior to the redemption.
The Warrants contain provisions for the adjustment of the number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise and of the exercise price upon (i) any forward or reverse split of our common stock; (ii) the payment of a dividend in shares of common stock and (iii) if the Company sells equity securities at an issuance price of less than $1.50, in which case the exercise price of the Warrants automatically will be reduced as provided in the Warrant. In the case of any change in the common stock through merger, consolidation, reclassification, reorganization, partial or complete liquidation, purchase of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, or other change in the capital structure of the Company, the holders of the Warrants will have the right to receive upon the exercise of the Warrants the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property to which the holder of a Warrant would have been entitled if it had held shares of common stock on the date of such event.
No adjustments will be made to the Warrants in connection with certain exempt issuances of securities by the Company, including (i) the issuance of securities to officers, directors or employees under a stock option plan equal to up to 10% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of the closing of the 2018 Private Placement; (ii) shares of common stock issued on the exercise or conversion of any securities issued in the 2018 Private Placement; (iii) other securities exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into shares of common stock outstanding on the date of the Purchase Agreement, or (iv) securities issued pursuant to acquisitions or strategic transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company.
The Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form attached to the Warrant completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, as applicable, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of Warrants being exercised. The Warrants automatically became subject to cashless exercise by their holders because we did not have a registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants effective under federal securities laws by February 26, 2019.
No fractional shares of common stock will be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. If, upon exercise of the Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, at the Company’s option, (i) pay to the holder an amount in cash equal to the exercise price multiplied by such fraction or (ii) round up to the nearest whole number of shares of common stock to be issued to the Warrant holder.
We have granted the holders of the Warrants registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, as described under the heading “Summary—Description of 2018 Private Placement.”
The foregoing summary of the material provisions of the Warrants is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of the Warrant, the form of which has been filed as an exhibit to this registration statement.
59 |
|
Table of Contents |
Placement Agent Warrants
As partial consideration for serving as the placement agent of the 2018 Private Placement, we issued to Maxim and one of its permitted designees Placement Agent Warrants entitling them to purchase up to an aggregate of 32,801 shares of common stock, or 8% of the aggregate number of securities issued in connection with the 2018 Private Placement, which are exercisable at a price of $1.65 per share (110% of the price at which the common stock was sold to purchasers in the 2018 Private Placement), and granted to Maxim registration rights with respect to such shares.
The Placement Agent Warrants became exercisable on October 1, 2018 (two months following the closing of the 2018 Private Placement) and expire on July 31, 2023. The Placement Agent Warrants are exercisable at a price per share equal to $1.65, which is subject to adjustment upon (i) any forward or reverse split of our common stock or (ii) the payment of a dividend in shares of common stock. Further, in case of any change in the common stock through merger, consolidation, reclassification, reorganization, partial or complete liquidation, purchase of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, or other change in the capital structure of the Company, the holders of the Placement Agent Warrants will have the right to receive upon the exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property to which the holder of such warrant would have been entitled if it had held shares of common stock on the date of such event. The Placement Agent Warrants automatically became subject to cashless exercise by their holders because we did not have a registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants effective under federal securities laws by February 26, 2019.
The Placement Agent Warrants are not redeemable by the Company.
We have granted the holders of the Placement Agent Warrants registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants, as described under the heading “Summary—Description of 2018 Private Placement.”
The foregoing summary of the material provisions of the Placement Agent Warrants is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of the Placement Agent Warrant, the form of which has been filed as an exhibit to this registration statement.
Other Convertible Securities
As of the date of this prospectus, other than the Warrants and the Placement Agent Warrants described above, we do not have any outstanding convertible securities.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
The provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our Company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
60 |
|
Table of Contents |
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions
Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws include several provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our management team, including the following:
|
● |
Board of directors’ vacancies. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors is permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by our board of directors. These provisions prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management. |
|
● |
Special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our President, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors. |
|
● |
Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations. Our bylaws provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder's notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company. |
|
● |
No cumulative voting. The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting. |
|
● |
Issuance of undesignated preferred stock. Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 2,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means. |
|
· |
Exclusive Forum. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, stockholders, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers, stockholders, employees or agents arising out of or relating to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers, stockholders, employees or agents that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the State of Delaware will be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction, any state or federal court in the State of Delaware), in all cases subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants. Under this provision, claims subject to exclusive jurisdiction in the federal courts, such as suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, need not be brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our securities will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers . |
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters
For a discussion of liability and indemnification, please see the section titled “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”
This prospectus covers the possible offer and resale by the Selling Stockholders from time to time of up to an aggregate of 1,567,812 shares of common stock consisting of: (i) 410,005 shares of common stock issued to investors in the 2018 Private Placement; (ii) 205,006 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants sold to investors in the 2018 Private Placement; (iii) 32,801 shares of common stock underlying the Placement Agent Warrants that we issued to the placement agent and certain of its designees in the 2018 Private Placement; and (iv) 920,000 shares of common stock held by certain persons who were stockholders of the Company prior to the completion of the 2018 Private Offering. Information detailing how the Selling Stockholders acquired their securities is described in the footnotes appearing under the table below. We have borne and will continue to bear the costs relating to the registration of these shares of common stock, other than commissions and discounts of agents or broker-dealers and transfer taxes, if any.
When we refer to the “Selling Stockholders” in this prospectus, we mean the persons and entities listed in the table below, and each of their respective pledgees, donees, permitted transferees, assignees, successors and others who later come to hold any of such Selling Stockholder’s interests in shares of our common stock other than through a public sale. The information in the table is based on information supplied to us by the Selling Stockholders.
The Selling Stockholders may from time to time offer and sell pursuant to this prospectus any or all of the shares of common stock set forth in the following table. There is no requirement for the Selling Stockholders to sell their shares, and we do not know when, or if, or in what amount the Selling Stockholders may offer the shares of common stock for sale pursuant to this prospectus. However, for the purposes of the table below, we have assumed that, after completion of the offering, none of the shares covered by this prospectus will be held by the Selling Stockholders. In addition, a selling stockholder may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of all or a portion of that holder’s shares of common stock since the date on which the selling stockholder provided information for this table. We have not made independent inquiries about such transfers or dispositions. See the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 60.
61 |
|
Table of Contents |
Except as disclosed in the table below, to our knowledge, none of the Selling Stockholders or beneficial owners:
|
· |
has had a material relationship with us other than as a stockholder at any time within the past three years; |
|
· |
has ever been one of our officers or directors or an officer or director of our affiliates; or |
|
· |
are broker-dealers or affiliated with broker-dealers. |
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3(d) promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act. The percentage of shares beneficially owned prior to the offering is based on 8,095,005 shares of our common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.
Selling Stockholder |
|
Shares Beneficially Owned Before this Offering |
|
|
Percentage of Outstanding Shares Beneficially Owned Before this Offering |
|
|
Shares to be Sold in this Offering |
|
|
Percentage of Outstanding Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering |
|
||||
Paul C. Cook (1) |
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % | |
Jeremy Samuels (2) |
|
|
200,001 |
|
|
|
2.47 | % |
|
|
200,001 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % |
Gnosiis International LLC (3) |
|
|
25,001 |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
25,001 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % | |
Kenneth T. Ashkin (4) |
|
|
25,001 |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
25,001 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % | |
H. Benjamin Samuels (5) |
|
|
100,001 |
|
|
|
1.24 | % |
|
|
100,001 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % |
Jeff Gunther (6) |
|
|
25,001 |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
25,001 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % | |
N3GU Investments, L.P. (7) |
|
|
25,001 |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
25,001 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % | |
Charles Kirkland (8) |
|
|
50,001 |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
50,001 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % | |
Stephen P. Sims & Claudia Ann Sims JTTEN (9) |
|
|
2,784 |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
2,784 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % | |
Stephen P. Sims (10) |
|
|
13,884 |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
13,884 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % | |
Scott Dols (11) |
|
|
100,001 |
|
|
|
1.24 | % |
|
|
100,001 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % |
Andrew W. Limpert (12) |
|
|
25,001 |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
25,001 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % | |
Maxim Partners, LLC (13) |
|
|
629,156 |
|
|
|
7.77 | % |
|
|
629,156 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % |
Karl Brenza (14) |
|
|
103,645 |
|
|
|
1.28 | % |
|
|
103,645 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % |
Michael Solomon |
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
2.47 | % |
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % |
Karuk Holdings, LLC (15) |
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
0.00 | % |
______________
* |
Less than 1%. |
(1)
|
Consists of (i) 10,000 shares of common Stock and (ii) 5,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a like number of Warrants beneficially owned by the named Selling Stockholder. All of these securities were purchased in the 2018 Private Placement. |
(2)
|
Consists of (i) 133,334 shares of common stock and (ii) 66,667 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a like number of Warrants beneficially owned by the named Selling Stockholder. All of these securities were purchased in the 2018 Private Placement. |
62 |
|
Table of Contents |
(3) |
Consists of (i) 16,667 shares of common stock and (ii) 8,334 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a like number of Warrants beneficially owned by the named Selling Stockholder. All of these securities were purchased in the 2018 Private Placement. |
(4) |
Consists of (i) 16,667 shares of common stock and (ii) 8,334 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a like number of Warrants beneficially owned by the named Selling Stockholder. All of these securities were purchased in the 2018 Private Placement. |
(5) |
Consists of (i) 66,667 shares of common stock and (ii) 33,334 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a like number of Warrants beneficially owned by the named Selling Stockholder. All of these securities were purchased in the 2018 Private Placement. |
(6) |
Consists of (i) 16,667 shares of common stock and (ii) 8,334 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a like number of Warrants beneficially owned by the named Selling Stockholder. All of these securities were purchased in the 2018 Private Placement. |
(7) |
Consists of (i) 16,667 shares of common stock and (ii) 8,334 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a like number of Warrants beneficially owned by the named Selling Stockholder. All of these securities were purchased in the 2018 Private Placement. |
(8) |
Consists of (i) 33,334 shares of common stock and (ii) 16,667 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a like number of Warrants beneficially owned by the named Selling Stockholder. All of these securities were purchased in the 2018 Private Placement. |
(9) |
Consists of (i) 2,784 shares of common stock and (ii) 8,334 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a like number of Warrants beneficially owned by the named Selling Stockholder. All of these securities were purchased in the 2018 Private Placement. |
(10) |
Consists of 13,884 shares of common stock purchased in the 2018 Private Placement. |
(11) |
Consists of (i) 66,667 shares of common stock and (ii) 33,334 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a like number of Warrants beneficially owned by the named Selling Stockholder. All of these securities were purchased in the 2018 Private Placement. |
(12) |
Consists of (i) 16,667 shares of common stock and (ii) 8,334 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a like number of Warrants beneficially owned by the named Selling Stockholder. All of these securities were purchased in the 2018 Private Placement. |
(13) |
Maxim Partners, LLC, which is a registered broker-dealer with FINRA, was an original stockholder of our Company prior to the Share Exchange and served as the placement agent of the 2018 Private Offering from which it earned cash fees and for which it received the Placement Agent Warrant. Consists of (i) 800,000 shares of common stock acquired by Maxim upon the organization of the Company and (ii) 29,156 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrant. |
(14) |
Mr. Brenza was an affiliate of Maxim Partners, LLC as of the closing date of the 2018 Private Placement. Consists of shares of common stock acquired by Mr. Brenza upon the organization of the Company and 3,645 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrant transferred to him by Maxim. He is a registered representative at a registered broker-dealer with FINRA. |
(15) |
Consists of shares of common stock acquired by Karuk Holdings, LLC upon the organization of the Company. |
63 |
|
Table of Contents |
The Selling Stockholders, which, as used herein, includes donees, pledgees, transferees or other successors-in-interest selling shares of common stock received after the date of this prospectus from a Selling Stockholder as a gift, pledge, partnership distribution or other transfer, may, from time to time, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of their shares of common stock on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares may, in the future, be traded or in private transactions. The Selling Stockholders may sell or otherwise dispose of the common stock covered by this prospectus at a fixed price of $2.50 per share until our common stock is quoted on the OTC QB or another OTC Markets trading system, if ever, and thereafter at prevailing market prices at the time of sale in any market that develops for our common stock, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices.
A Selling Stockholder may use any one or more of the following methods when selling share:
|
· |
ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers; |
|
· |
block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the securities as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction; |
|
· |
purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account; |
|
· |
an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange; |
|
· |
privately negotiated transactions; |
|
· |
settlement of short sales; |
|
· |
in transactions through broker-dealers that agree with the Selling Stockholders to sell a specified number of such securities at a stipulated price per security; |
|
· |
through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise; |
|
· |
a combination of any such methods of sale; or |
|
· |
any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law. |
The Selling Stockholders may also sell securities under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if available, or any other available exemption from registration under applicable securities law rather than under this prospectus.
The Selling Stockholders may, from time to time, pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the shares of common stock owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the shares of common stock, from time to time, under this prospectus, or under an amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending the list of Selling Stockholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as Selling Stockholders under this prospectus. The Selling Stockholders also may transfer the shares of common stock in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.
In connection with the sale of our common stock, the Selling Stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the common stock in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Stockholders may also sell shares of our common stock short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge the common stock to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The Selling Stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).
The aggregate proceeds to the Selling Stockholders from the sale of the common stock offered by them will be the purchase price of the common stock less discounts or commissions, if any. Each of the Selling Stockholders reserves the right to accept and, together with their agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of common stock to be made directly or through agents.
64 |
|
Table of Contents |
The Selling Stockholders and any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents that are involved in selling the common stock or interests therein may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act. In such event, any commissions received by such broker-dealers or agents and any profit on the resale of the common stock purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. Each Selling Stockholder has informed us that it does not have any written or oral agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any underwriter or other person to distribute the common stock. If a Selling Stockholder is deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act, it will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
To the extent required, the shares of our common stock to be sold, the names of the Selling Stockholders, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the names of any agents, dealer or underwriter, and any applicable commissions or discounts with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement that includes this prospectus.
The anti-manipulation rules of Regulation M under the Exchange Act may apply to sales of shares of common stock in the market and to the activities of the Selling Stockholders and their affiliates. In addition, we will make copies of this prospectus (as it may be supplemented or amended from time to time) available to the Selling Stockholders for the purpose of satisfying the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The Selling Stockholders may indemnify any broker-dealer that participates in transactions involving the sale of the common stock against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
We have agreed to register the shares of common stock covered by the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part (i) under the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement entered into between us and the purchaser of securities in the 2018 Private Placement; (ii) under the Engagement Letter that we signed with Maxim to serve as the placement agent for the 2018 Private Placement and (iii) under a registration rights agreement by which we granted to certain persons who held shares of our common stock prior to the Share Exchange, including Maxim and one of its former affiliates. A more complete discussion of the various registration rights agreements and our obligation thereunder is set forth in section of this prospectus captioned “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights.”
The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the registration of the common stock, including, without limitation, SEC filing fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws reasonably agreed to in writing by us; however, each Selling Stockholder will pay all underwriting discounts and selling commissions, if any, and any legal expenses incurred by it. The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the common stock by the Selling Stockholders.
We have agreed to indemnify the Selling Stockholders against liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and state securities laws, relating to the registration of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. We have agreed with the Selling Stockholders to keep this registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part effective until the earlier of: (i) the date on which all of the shares of common stock covered by the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part have been sold and (ii) the date on which all of the shares of common stock covered by the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part may be immediately sold to the public by non-affiliates without registration or restriction.
65 |
|
Table of Contents |
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby has been passed upon for us by Ruffa & Ruffa, P.C., New York, New York.
Our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, appearing herein, have been audited by Boulay PLLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in its report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed the registration statement on Form S-1 of which this prospectus forms a part under the Securities Act with the SEC with respect to the securities being offered by the Selling Stockholders. This prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the securities to be sold in the offering, we refer to the registration statement. Whenever we refer in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are materially complete but may not include a description of all aspects of such contracts, agreements or other documents, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.
After the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will be subject to information requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current event reports and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
66 |
|
Table of Contents |
|
||
|
||
|
|
|
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements |
Page No. |
|
F-3 |
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 |
F-4 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 |
F-5 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 |
F-6 |
|
F-7 |
|
|
F-8 |
|
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
Page No. |
|
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of Jun e 30 , 2019 and December 30, 2018 |
F-18 |
|
F-19 |
|
|
F-20 |
|
|
F-21 |
|
|
F-22 |
F-1 |
|
BT BRANDS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 30, 2018 AND DECEMBER 31, 2017
TOGETHER WITH INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM'S REPORT
F-2 |
|
Table of Contents |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the shareholders of BT Brands, Inc.
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of BT Brands, Inc. (the Company) as of December 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the fiscal years then ended (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the fiscal years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
May 9, 2019
Boulay 7500 Flying Cloud Drive Suite 800 Minneapolis, MN 55344 (t) 952.893.9320 (f) 952.835.7296 BoulayGroup.com
Member of Prime Global, A Global Association of Independent Firms
F-3 |
|
Table of Contents |
F-4 |
|
Table of Contents |
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME |
||||||||||
|
||||||||||
|
|
52 Weeks Ended, |
|
|||||||
|
|
December 30, 2018 |
|
|
December 31, 2017 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
SALES |
|
$ | 7,051,467 |
|
|
$ | 7,110,472 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
COSTS AND EXPENSES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Restaurant operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Food and paper costs |
|
|
2,835,757 |
|
|
|
2,828,010 |
|
||
Labor costs |
|
|
2,237,378 |
|
|
|
2,283,287 |
|
||
Occupancy costs |
|
|
847,274 |
|
|
|
483,139 |
|
||
Other operating expenses |
|
|
328,709 |
|
|
|
707,317 |
|
||
Depreciation |
|
|
225,814 |
|
|
|
207,513 |
|
||
Amortization of intangible asset |
|
|
1,700 |
|
|
|
1,641 |
|
||
General and administrative |
|
|
492,378 |
|
|
|
621,650 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total costs and expenses |
|
|
6,969,010 |
|
|
|
7,132,557 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
82,457 |
|
|
|
(22,085 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
LOSS ON MARKETABLE SECURITIES |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(60,966 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
GAIN ON SALE OF PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT |
|
|
158,358 |
|
|
|
18,379 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
INTEREST INCOME |
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
- |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE) |
|
|
(29,421 | ) |
|
|
603 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
INTEREST EXPENSE |
|
|
(176,955 | ) |
|
|
(190,782 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE TAXES |
|
|
34,528 |
|
|
|
(254,851 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES |
|
|
(13,725 | ) |
|
|
- |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
NET INCOME (LOSS) |
|
$ | 20,803 |
|
|
$ | (254,851 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE - Basic and Diluited |
|
$ | 0.00 |
|
|
$ | (0.04 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES USED IN COMPUTING PER COMMON SHARE AMOUNTS - Basic and Diluted |
|
|
7,216,835 |
|
|
|
6,659,000 |
|
F-5 |
|
Table of Contents |
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS |
||||||||||
|
||||||||||
|
|
52 Weeks Ended |
|
|||||||
|
|
December 30, 2018 |
|
|
December 31, 2017 |
|
||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net Income (loss) |
|
$ | 20,803 |
|
|
$ | (254,851 | ) | ||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Depreciation |
|
|
225,814 |
|
|
|
207,513 |
|
||
Amortization of franchise agreement |
|
|
1,700 |
|
|
|
1,641 |
|
||
Amortization of debt issuance cost |
|
|
5,980 |
|
|
|
5,178 |
|
||
Loss on marketable securities |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
60,966 |
|
||
Gain on sale of property and equipment |
|
|
(158,358 | ) |
|
|
(18,379 | ) | ||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acq u isition |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Receivables |
|
|
(1,137 | ) |
|
|
(944 | ) | ||
Inventory |
|
|
12,111 |
|
|
|
(17,135 | ) | ||
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
(3,338 | ) |
|
|
5,247 |
|
||
Accounts payable |
|
|
(63,162 | ) |
|
|
289,365 |
|
||
Unearned vendor rebate |
|
|
(4,890 | ) |
|
|
(4,890 | ) | ||
Accrued expenses |
|
|
(132 | ) |
|
|
19,649 |
|
||
Income taxes payable |
|
|
13,725 |
|
|
|
- |
|
||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
49,116 |
|
|
|
293,360 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Cash acquired in acquisition |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
4,100 |
|
||
Purchases of marketable securities |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(79,253 | ) | ||
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
363,189 |
|
||
Proceeds of sale of property and equipment |
|
|
300,000 |
|
|
|
18,379 |
|
||
Due to related entity |
|
|
(16,770 | ) |
|
|
- |
|
||
Purchase of property and equipment |
|
|
(66,652 | ) |
|
|
(462,189 | ) | ||
Net cash provided by (used) in investing activities |
|
|
216,578 |
|
|
|
(155,774 | ) | ||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Proceeds from long-term debt |
|
|
139,000 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
||
Principal payments on long-term debt |
|
|
(403,927 | ) |
|
|
(247,732 | ) | ||
Issuance of common stock, net |
|
|
492,266 |
|
|
|
- |
|
||
Payment of debt issuance costs |
|
|
(1,000 | ) |
|
|
- |
|
||
Payment of deferred offering costs |
|
|
(40,000 | ) |
|
|
- |
|
||
Distributions to members |
|
|
(29,572 | ) |
|
|
(44,154 | ) | ||
Net cash provided by (used) in financing activities |
|
|
156,767 |
|
|
|
(91,886 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
CHANGE IN CASH |
|
|
422,461 |
|
|
|
45,700 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
CASH, BEGINNING OF YEAR |
|
|
241,050 |
|
|
|
195,350 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
CASH, END OF YEAR |
|
$ | 663,511 |
|
|
$ | 241,050 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Cash paid for interest |
|
$ | 170,975 |
|
|
$ | 182,694 |
|
||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
||||||||
Purchase of fixed assets included in accounts payable |
|
$ | - |
|
|
$ | 28,811 |
|
||
Purchase of business of BTMN, LLC in exchange for satisfaction of due from related entity |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
82,973 |
|
||
Purchase of fixed assets in exchange for long-term debt |
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
- |
|
||
Common stock warrants issued for offering costs |
|
|
15,421 |
|
|
|
- |
|
||
Common stock issued for offering costs |
|
|
327,600 |
|
|
|
- |
|
||
Goodwill and deferred tax liability assumed in reverse merger |
|
|
48,500 |
|
|
|
- |
|
F-6 |
|
Table of Contents |
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Additional |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Paid-in Capital |
|
|
(Deficit) |
|
|
Total |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balances, January 1, 2017 |
|
|
6,596,000 |
|
|
$ | 6,596 |
|
|
$ | (6,596 | ) |
|
$ | (1,225,730 | ) |
|
$ | (1,225,730 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(254,851 | ) |
|
|
(254,851 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(44,154 | ) |
|
|
(44,154 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances, December 31, 2017 |
|
|
6,596,000 |
|
|
|
6,596 |
|
|
|
(6,596 | ) |
|
|
(1,524,735 | ) |
|
|
(1,524,735 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock issued as part of reverse acquisition |
|
|
820,000 |
|
|
|
820 |
|
|
|
(820 | ) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock and warrants issued in private placement, net of cash offering costs of $122,734 and placement agent warrant of $15,421 and common stock of $327,600 |
|
|
410,004 |
|
|
|
410 |
|
|
|
148,835 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
149,245 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of warrant to placement agent |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
15,421 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
15,421 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock as part of private placement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
offering costs |
|
|
260,000 |
|
|
|
260 |
|
|
|
327,340 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
327,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(29,572 | ) |
|
|
(29,572 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
20,803 |
|
|
|
20,803 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances, December 30, 2018 |
|
|
8,086,004 |
|
|
$ | 8,086 |
|
|
$ | 484,180 |
|
|
$ | (1,533,504 | ) |
|
$ | (1,041,238 | ) |
F-7 |
|
Table of Contents |
NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Reverse Merger Transaction
BT Brands (the “Company”) was incorporated as Hartmax of NY Inc. on January 19, 2016 with the objective of acquiring an operating entity. Effective on July 30, 2018, the Company acquired 100% of the ownership of BTND, LLC. in exchange for common stock in the Company through a Share Exchange Agreement (“Share Exchange”) with BTND, LLC (“BTND”), and its Members. Following the Share Exchange, BTND became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
Effective with the Share Exchange, all outstanding membership interests in BTND were exchanged with former members of BTND, for an aggregate of 6,596,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, equal to approximately 85.9% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the Share Exchange.
Because the members of BTND received the larger portion of the voting rights in the consolidated entity and BTND’s management assumed management control of the consolidated entity, BTND is considered the acquirer for accounting purposes and the transaction is being accounted for as a reverse acquisition. The acquisition will be accounted for as a recapitalization, since at the time of the transaction, the Company was a shell company, with no or nominal operations, assets and liabilities. Consequently, after the giving effect to the merger, the assets and liabilities and the historical operations that will be reflected in future consolidated financial statements will be those of BTND at its historical cost basis. Upon the reverse acquisition, the Company assumed a deferred tax liability of $48,500 and recognized Goodwill for this amount which is included in Other Assets.
Business
The Company currently operates company-owned fast-food restaurants called Burger Time. The Company also operates one unit in Minnesota as a franchisee of International Dairy Queen. The Company operates three Burger Time locations in Minnesota, four in North Dakota, and two in South Dakota. The Company closed a store in Richmond, Indiana during the year, which is listed for sale, resulting in a total of ten operating restaurants at December 30, 2018. The Company owns a restaurant property in St. Louis, Missouri currently held for sale.
The Company’s Dairy Queen store is operated pursuant to the terms of a franchise agreement with International Dairy Queen. The Company is required to pay regular royalty and advertising payments to the franchisor and to remain in compliance with the terms of the franchise agreement.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BT Brands, Inc., BTND, LLC. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries BTND, LLC., BTND IN, LLC, BTNDMO, LLC and BTNDDQ, LLC. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Fiscal Year
The Company’s fiscal year is a 52/53-week year, ending on the Sunday closest to December 31. Most years consist of four 13-week accounting periods comprising the 52-week year. Fiscal 2018 was a 52-week period ending December 30, 2018 and Fiscal 2017 was the 52-week period ending on December 31, 2017. All references to years in this report refer to the fiscal years described above.
F-8 |
|
Table of Contents |
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company’s accounting for fair value measurements of assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the statements on a recurring or nonrecurring basis adhere to the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the input to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to measurements involving significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).
The three levels of fair value hierarchy are as follows:
|
· | Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access the measurement date |
|
|
|
|
· | Level 2 Inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability |
|
|
|
|
· | Level 3 Inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. |
The level in the fair value hierarchy within which a fair measurement in its entirety falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to fair value measurement in its entirety
The carrying values of cash, receivables, accounts payable and other financial working capital items approximate fair value at year end due to the short maturity nature of these instruments.
Cash
For purposes of reporting cash and cash flows, cash is net of outstanding checks and includes, amounts on deposit at banks, a money market mutual fund holding, and deposits in transit.
Marketable Securities
From time-to-time the Company purchases publicly-traded marketable securities, these investments historically were classified as “available for sale” marketable securities. Available for sale securities are marked to fair value as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, with any unrealized gains and losses being excluded from earnings and reflected as a component of other comprehensive income. At December 30, 2018, there were no investments in marketable securities.
Revenue Recognition and Adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2014-09
The Company’s revenues consist of sales by Company-operated restaurants. The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09 (ASC 606) as of January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. This method allows the standard to be applied retrospectively through a cumulative catch up adjustment recognized upon adoption. ASC 606 provides that revenues are to be recognized when control of promised goods or services is transferred to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received for those goods or services. This standard does not impact the Company’s recognition of revenues as the only revenue stream is from Company-operated restaurants as those sales are recognized on a cash basis at the time of the underlying sale and are presented net of sales tax and other sales-related taxes so no cumulative catch up adjustment or other adjustments were required by the Company.
F-9 |
|
Table of Contents |
Receivables
Receivables consists of rebates due from a primary vendor.
Inventory
Inventory consists of food, beverages and supplies and is stated at lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or net realizable value.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives which range from three to thirty years.
The Company reviews long-lived assets to determine if the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable based on estimated cash flows. Assets are reviewed at the lowest level for which cash flows can be identified, which is at the restaurant level. In determining future cash flows, significant estimates are made by the Company with respect to future operating results of each restaurant over its remaining life. If such assets are considered impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.
Assets Held for Sale
From time-to-time the Company either purchases for possible development or resale, may sell and existing operating unit or may close an operating unit and list the property for sale. During 2018, the Company sold a restaurant property in St. Louis, Missouri for a net gain of approximately $158,358. A second property in the St. Louis area is currently listed for sale. Also, in September 2018 the Company closed an operating Burger Time unit in Richmond, Indiana and the property is listed for sale.
Advertising and Marketing Costs
The Company expenses advertising and marketing costs as they are incurred. Advertising expense for fiscal 2018 and 2017 totaled $44,897 and $36,109, respectively.
Income Taxes
Effective with the Share Exchange on July 30, 2018, the Company is taxed as a “C” Corporation for the partial-year period following the Share Exchange. Accordingly, subsequent to July 30, 2018, the Company provides for income taxes under (Accounting Standards Codification (ASC), 740), Accounting for Income Taxes. ASC 740 using an asset and liability approach in accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and the tax rates in effect when these differences are expected to reverse. Under the liability method deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.
F-10 |
|
Table of Contents |
At the time of the Share Exchange the carrying value of property and equipment for tax purposes was approximately $176,500 less than the carrying value for book purposes and accordingly the Company has reflected a Deferred tax liability of $48,500 based on an estimated combined state and Federal corporate tax rate of 27.5%.
As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties relating to any income tax obligations. The Company currently has no federal or state examinations in progress, nor has it had any federal or state tax examinations since its inception. The last three years of the Company’s tax years are subject to federal and state tax examination. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal and state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2015.
Prior to 2018 Share Exchange, BTND, with the consent of its shareholders, elected to be taxed under sections of the Federal and state income tax laws which provide that, in lieu of corporation income taxes, the shareholders separately account for their pro rata shares of the Company’s items of income, deductions, losses and credits. Therefore, these consolidated statements do not include a provision for income taxes related to the Company for the periods prior to the July 30, 2018 Share Exchange.
Per Common Share Amounts
Net income (loss) per common share is computed pursuant to section 260-10-45 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. Basic net income or (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and potentially outstanding shares of common stock during each period. Common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would be anti-dilutive. There were no potentially dilutive shares outstanding as of the years ending in 2018 and 2017, as the strike price for a warrants outstanding at December 30, 2018 was above the fair value market price of the underlying stock.
Other Assets
Other assets include $48,500 of Goodwill related to deferred tax liability resulting from the Share Exchange. Other assets also include the allocated fair value of the acquired Dairy Queen franchise agreement related to the Company’s location in Ham Lake, Minnesota, and is being amortized over an estimated useful life of 14 years. Amortization for each of the next five years is estimated to be approximately $2,000 per year. Accumulated amortization was approximately $7,700 and $6,000 at the end of 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Restaurant Pre-opening expenses
Restaurant pre-opening and other development expenses are non-capital expenditures and are expensed as incurred as part of other operating expenses. Restaurant pre-opening expenses consist of the costs of hiring and training the initial hourly work force for each new restaurant, travel, the cost of food and supplies used in training, grand opening promotional costs, the cost of the initial stocking of operating supplies and other direct costs related to the opening of a restaurant, including rent during the construction and in-restaurant training period.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
F-11 |
|
Table of Contents |
Segment Reporting
The Company follows the guidance of FASB Accounting Standards for reporting and disclosure on operating segments requiring segment disclosures about products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. The Company has determined that it did not have any separately reportable operating segments.
Goodwill
Goodwill is an asset representing the future economic benefits arising from assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. If it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired, the Company records the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value as an asset impairment charge. The Company performs an annual impairment review of goodwill at the year-end.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. For the year December 30, 2018, the Company incurred net income of $20,803. Cash flow provided by operating activities declined to $49,117 in 2018 from $293,360 for fiscal 2017. At December 30, 2018, the Company had $661,511 in cash and working capital of $58,780. A cash flow forecast for the next 12 months prepared by management indicates that the Company will have sufficient cash assets to meet its obligations for a year from the issuance of these consolidated financial statements. No adjustments have been made relating to recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company not continue as a going concern.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), providing guidance for accounting for leases. The new guidance requires companies to recognize the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by leased assets, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments. The accounting guidance for lessors is largely unchanged. The ASU is effective for the Company for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. It is to be adopted using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is evaluating the impact from the standard on its consolidated financial statements.
NOTE 2 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consisted of the following at end of the respective fiscal years:
Depreciation expense for the years 2018 and 2017 was $225,814 and $207,513, respectively.
|
|
12/30/2018 |
|
|
12/31/2017 |
|
||
Land |
|
$ | 584,535 |
|
|
$ | 574,535 |
|
Equipment |
|
|
2,417,185 |
|
|
|
2,334,684 |
|
Buildings |
|
|
1,401,840 |
|
|
|
1,399,002 |
|
Vehicles |
|
|
4,000 |
|
|
|
4,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Property and Equipment |
|
|
4,407,560 |
|
|
|
4,312,221 |
|
Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(2,001,929 | ) |
|
|
(1,805,786 | ) |
Less - Property held for resale, net |
|
|
(353,092 | ) |
|
|
(510,459 | ) |
Net Property and Equipment |
|
$ | 2,052,539 |
|
|
$ | 1,995,976 |
|
F-12
Table of Contents
NOTE 3 – ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accrued expenses consisted of the following at the end of the respective fiscal years:
|
|
12/30/2018 |
|
|
12/31/2017 |
|
||
Accrued real estate taxes |
|
$ | 30,206 |
|
|
$ | 27,131 |
|
Accrued payroll |
|
|
70,421 |
|
|
|
75,370 |
|
Accrued payroll taxes |
|
|
4,025 |
|
|
|
3,656 |
|
Accrued sales taxes payable |
|
|
45,219 |
|
|
|
43,857 |
|
Accrued vacation pay |
|
|
23,227 |
|
|
|
21,385 |
|
Other accrued expenses |
|
|
1,888 |
|
|
|
3,719 |
|
|
|
$ | 174,986 |
|
|
$ | 175,118 |
|
NOTE 4 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
During 2018 the Company issued 6,596,000 common shares in exchange for the member interests of BTND, LLC. and 820,000 shares were issued to Maxim Partners and another shareholder as part of the Share Exchange and 260,000 common shares were issued to consultants associated with the offering. Upon closing of the private offering 410,004 common shares and 205,002 common stock warrants to purchase shares at $2.00 through July 31, 2023 were issued to investors in consideration for a net amount of approximately $492,266, all of these warrants were outstanding as of the end of the year. Upon closing of the private offering, the placement agent was issued an aggregate of 32,801 five-year stock purchase warrants to purchase shares at $1.65 per share which are also outstanding at year-end.
The 6,596,000 common shares were issued in exchange for all outstanding membership interests of BTND, LLC. in 2018 and the Company’s financial statements were retrospectively adjusted to prior periods as if the Share Exchange occurred on January 1, 2017.
In connection with the private offering, the Company issued 260,000 common shares with an estimated fair value of $327,600 to consultants associated with the private offering and this amount is reflected as an additional offering costs. Also, the Company granted 32,801 five-year common stock purchase warrants with an exercise price $1.65 per share in connection with the offering, the estimated the fair value of the warrants the issuance date was approximately $15,421 and this amount is also reflected as an additional cost of the offering.
F-13 |
|
Table of Contents |
NOTE 5 – LONG TERM DEBT
F-14 |
|
Table of Contents |
Scheduled maturities of long-term debt, excluding unamortized debt issuance costs, are as follows.
12/29/2019 |
|
$ | 254,397 |
|
1/1/2021 |
|
|
460,491 |
|
1/2/2022 |
|
|
244,085 |
|
1/1/2023 |
|
|
256,117 |
|
12/31/2023 |
|
|
419,788 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
2,200,105 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ | 3,834,982 |
|
NOTE 6 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In 2015, BTND Checkers, LLC, an entity controlled by two members of the Company, acquired a potential Burger Time location in West St. Paul, Minnesota. Members of the Company formed an unconsolidated entity called BTMN, LLC (“BTMN”) for purposes of developing a Burger Time unit at the West St. Paul Location. In 2016 and 2015, the Company advanced costs to develop the location
The West St. Paul real property was leased under a lease agreement for a 1,020-square foot location with BTND Checkers, LLC, a limited liability corporation controlled by two members of the Company. The unit opened in August 2016. The original terms of the net lease called for monthly payments beginning in January 2015 of $4,500 plus payment of real estate taxes. Effective January 1, 2018, the lease was extended to December 31, 2019 at a monthly rate of $3,200 resulting in $76,800 in remaining minimum lease payments due to BTND Checkers, LLC. On December 30, 2018, the Company exercised its option to acquire the property at the for $225,000.
At December 31, 2017, demand notes payable to entities controlled by members of the Company includes a non-interest-bearing demand note of $75,000 dated January 17, 2017 and $125,000 note with interest at 8% dated December 26, 2017 both of these notes are classified as long-term liabilities. The $75,000 note was repaid December 6, 2018. An additional $100,000 was advanced to the Company on February 26, 2018.
The Company pays the salary and benefits of the Company controller based in Fargo, North Dakota and the Company pays monthly rent for the office space of $500 per month. From time-to-time the Company’s controller provides limited bookkeeping and administrative assistance for entities that are controlled by shareholders of the Company. These are minimal services for which the Company has not been compensated.
NOTE 7 – MAJOR VENDOR
Approximately 83% of the Company’s purchases for the year ended December 30, 2018 were from one vendor. At December 30, 2018, the amount due to the major vendor totaled $210,649. In 2017, approximately 83% of the Company’s purchases were from the same vendor. At December 31, 2017, the amount due from this vendor was $156,499.
F-15 |
|
Table of Contents |
NOTE 8 – ACQUISITION OF WEST ST. PAUL LOCATION
Effective January 2, 2017, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of BTMN and assumed operations of the West St. Paul location. The Company had previously advanced to BTMN the majority of the costs associated with developing this location. Members of the BTMN agreed to transfer the assets and liabilities of the West St. Paul location to the Company for an amount equal to $82,973, which was the sum previously advance the BTMN. The West St. Paul location opened on August 1, 2016. The location was acquired from an entity owned by two minority shareholders of the Company and a non-member employee of the Company. The purchase price was recorded at the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and was accounted for as a business combination. On December 28, 2018, the Company exercised its option to acquire the property for $225,000 paid to an entity owned by shareholders of the Company.
NOTE 9 – CONTINGENCIES
In the course of its business, the Company may be a party to claims and legal or regulatory actions arising from the conduct of its business. The Company is not aware of any significant asserted or potential claims which could impact its financial position. On February 6, 2017, the Company received a letter from written on behalf of Checkers/Rally’s alleging violation of general “trade dress” protected items related to the new location in West St. Paul, Minnesota. The Company has reviewed the assertions contained in the letter. With the assistance of Intellectual Property Counsel, the Company, concluded the Checkers/Rally’s assertions are without merit. Therefore, the Company has not recorded a liability for this matter. The Company responded to the letter stating its conclusion to Checkers/Rally’s on February 16, 2017. In response to the points raised by Checkers/Rally’s the Company made some modifications to its West St. Paul and Richmond stores. Checkers/Rally’s has not pursued any action against the Company. It is possible that actual legal results could differ from the Company’s assessment.
NOTE 10 – LAND LEASE
The only lease to which the Company is a party is a month-to-month land lease agreement for one of its locations. The net book value of the building located on this land is approximately $51,000. The monthly lease payment is $1,600.
NOTE 11 – INVESTMENT BANKING AGREEMENT
In December 2016, the Company entered into an Agreement with Maxim Group, LLC to act as the Company’s Placement Agent for and equity offering and to assist the Company in identifying potential merger opportunities with both private and public companies. On July 30, 2018, the Company closed a private placement for a net amount of approximately $492,000 and completed the Share Exchange with an entity previously controlled by Maxim Group, LLC.
The Company is pursuing an additional financing and has advanced legal fees of $40,000 toward completing and filing documents which may be required. This amount is included as a prepaid offering cost in the balance sheet at December 30, 2018.
Note 12 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 9, 2019, the date on which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
F-16 |
|
Table of Contents |
BT BRANDS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PREPARED WITHOUT AUDIT
26 WEEK AND 13 WEEK PERIODS ENDING JUNE 30, 2019 AND JULY 1, 2018
F-17 |
|
Table of Contents |
BT BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
UNAUDITED
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-18 |
|
Table of Contents |
BT BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
26 Weeks Ended, |
|
|
13 Weeks Ended, |
|
||||||||||
|
|
June 30, 2019 |
|
|
July 1, 2018 |
|
|
June 30, 2019 |
|
|
July 1, 2018 |
|
||||
SALES |
|
$ | 3,265,994 |
|
|
$ | 3,518,495 |
|
|
$ | 1,888,161 |
|
|
$ |
2,067,190 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COSTS AND EXPENSES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restaurant operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Food and paper costs |
|
|
1,294,163 |
|
|
|
1,416,070 |
|
|
|
733,892 |
|
|
|
829,809 |
|
Labor costs |
|
|
1,053,999 |
|
|
|
1,127,910 |
|
|
|
567,754 |
|
|
|
615,317 |
|
Occupancy costs |
|
|
382,889 |
|
|
|
413,025 |
|
|
|
175,286 |
|
|
|
206,025 |
|
Other operating expenses |
|
|
151,141 |
|
|
|
154,068 |
|
|
|
86,529 |
|
|
|
83,477 |
|
Depreciation |
|
|
117,721 |
|
|
|
120,649 |
|
|
|
58,911 |
|
|
|
60,523 |
|
Amortization |
|
|
850 |
|
|
|
850 |
|
|
|
425 |
|
|
|
425 |
|
Impairment of assets held for sale |
|
|
93,488 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
93,488 |
|
|
|
- |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
293,168 |
|
|
|
225,968 |
|
|
|
165,384 |
|
|
|
99,066 |
|
Total costs and expenses |
|
|
3,387,419 |
|
|
|
3,458,540 |
|
|
|
1,881,669 |
|
|
|
1,894,642 |
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
(121,425 | ) |
|
|
59,955 |
|
|
|
6,492 |
|
|
|
172,548 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INTEREST EXPENSE |
|
|
(86,753 | ) |
|
|
(86,918 | ) |
|
|
(44,180 | ) |
|
|
(45,567 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOSS BEFORE TAXES |
|
|
(208,178 | ) |
|
|
(26,963 | ) |
|
|
(37,688 | ) |
|
|
126,981 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME TAX BENEFIT |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS) |
|
$ | (208,178 | ) |
|
$ | (26,963 | ) |
|
$ | (37,688 | ) |
|
$ | 126,981 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE - Basic and Diluted |
|
$ | (0.03 | ) |
|
$ | (0.00 | ) |
|
$ | (0.00 | ) |
|
$ | 0.02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES USED IN COMPUTING PER COMMON SHARE AMOUNTS - Basic and Diluted |
|
|
8,086,004 |
|
|
|
6,596,000 |
|
|
|
8,086,004 |
|
|
|
6,596,000 |
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-19 |
|
Table of Contents |
BT BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
UNAUDITED
|
|
26 Weeks Ended, |
|
|||||
|
|
June 30, 2019 |
|
|
July 1, 2018 |
|
||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net Income (loss) |
|
$ | (208,178 | ) |
|
$ | (26,963 | ) |
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation |
|
|
117,721 |
|
|
|
120,649 |
|
Amortization of franchise agreement |
|
|
850 |
|
|
|
850 |
|
Amortization of debt issuance cost |
|
|
2,588 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Loss on sale of property and equipment |
|
|
1,800 |
|
|
|
2,554 |
|
Impairment of assets held for sale |
|
|
93,488 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquistition |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables |
|
|
(1,777 | ) |
|
|
(1,526 | ) |
Inventory |
|
|
458 |
|
|
|
9,118 |
|
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
3,038 |
|
|
|
(721 | ) |
Accounts payable |
|
|
33,987 |
|
|
|
45,099 |
|
Unearned vendor rebate |
|
|
(2,445 | ) |
|
|
(2,445 | ) |
Accrued expenses |
|
|
43,455 |
|
|
|
76,136 |
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
84,985 |
|
|
|
222,751 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to related entity |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
1,290 |
|
Net cash provided by investing activities |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
1,290 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal payments on long-term debt |
|
|
(126,686 | ) |
|
|
(129,675 | ) |
Proceeds from long-term debt |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
139,000 |
|
Distributions to members |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(26,781 | ) |
Net cash used in financing activities |
|
|
(126,686 | ) |
|
|
(17,456 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHANGE IN CASH |
|
|
(41,701 | ) |
|
|
206,585 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD |
|
|
663,511 |
|
|
|
241,050 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH, END OF PERIOD |
|
$ | 621,810 |
|
|
$ | 447,635 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest |
|
$ | 84,165 |
|
|
$ | 84,364 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transfer of property and equipment to assets held for sale |
|
$ | 189,640 |
|
|
$ | - |
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-20 |
|
Table of Contents |
BT BRANDS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
UNAUDITED
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Additional |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Paid-in Capital |
|
|
(Deficit) |
|
|
Total |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balances, December 31, 2017 |
|
|
6,596,000 |
|
|
$ | 6,596 |
|
|
$ | (6,596 | ) |
|
$ | (1,524,735 | ) |
|
$ | (1,524,735 | ) |
Net (loss) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(26,963 | ) |
|
|
(26,963 | ) |
Distributions |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(26,781 | ) |
|
|
(26,781 | ) |
Balances, July 1, 2018 |
|
|
6,596,000 |
|
|
$ | 6,596 |
|
|
$ | (6,596 | ) |
|
$ | (1,578,479 | ) |
|
$ | (1,578,479 | ) |
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Additional |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Paid-in Capital |
|
|
(Deficit) |
|
|
Total |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balances, December 30, 2018 |
|
|
8,086,004 |
|
|
$ | 8,086 |
|
|
$ | 484,180 |
|
|
$ | (1,533,504 | ) |
|
$ | (1,041,238 | ) |
Net (loss) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(208,178 | ) |
|
|
(208,178 | ) |
Balances, June 30, 2019 |
|
|
8,086,004 |
|
|
$ | 8,086 |
|
|
$ | 484,180 |
|
|
$ | (1,741,682 | ) |
|
$ | (1,249,416 | ) |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-21 |
|
Table of Contents |
NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BT Brands, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and on a basis consistent in all material respects with the accounting policies for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2018. In our opinion, all adjustments, which are normal and recurring in nature, necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operation have been included. Operating results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full fiscal year.
The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2019 does not include all of the disclosures required by GAAP. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements as of December 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and related notes thereto included in this Form S-1.
Recent Reverse Merger Transaction
BT Brands (the “Company”) was incorporated as Hartmax of NY Inc. on January 19, 2016 with the objective of acquiring an operating entity. Effective on July 30, 2018, the Company acquired 100% of the ownership BTND, LLC. in exchange for common stock in the Company through a Share Exchange Agreement (“Share Exchange”) with BTND, LLC (“BTND”), and its Members. Following the Share Exchange, BTND became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
Effective with the Share Exchange, all outstanding membership interests in BTND were exchanged with former members of BTND, for an aggregate of 6,596,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, equal to approximately 85.9% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the Share Exchange.
Because the members of BTND received the larger portion of the voting rights in the consolidated entity and BTND’s management assumed management control of the consolidated entity, BTND is considered the acquirer for accounting purposes and the transaction is being accounted for as a reverse acquisition. The acquisition will be accounted for as a recapitalization, since at the time of the transaction, the Company was a shell company, with no or nominal operations, assets and liabilities. Consequently, after the giving effect to the merger, the assets and liabilities and the historical operations that will be reflected in future consolidated financial statements will be those of BTND at its historical cost basis.
Business
The Company operates company-owned fast-food restaurants called Burger Time. The Company also operates one unit in Minnesota as a franchisee of International Dairy Queen. The Company operates three Burger Time locations in Minnesota, four in North Dakota, and two in South Dakota. The Company closed a store in Richmond, Indiana during the year, which is listed for sale. There are a total of ten operating restaurants at June 30, 2019. The Company owns restaurant properties in St. Louis, Missouri and Richmond, Indiana, that are currently held for sale.
The Company’s Dairy Queen store is operated pursuant to the terms of a franchise agreement with International Dairy Queen. The Company is required to pay regular royalty and advertising payments to the franchisor and to remain in compliance with the terms of the franchise agreement.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BT Brands, Inc., BTND, LLC and its wholly-owned subsidiaries BTND IN, LLC, BTNDMO, LLC and BTNDDQ, LLC. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Fiscal Periods
The Company’s fiscal year is a 52/53-week year, ending on the Sunday closest to December 31. Most years consist of four 13-week accounting periods comprising the 52-week year.
F-22 |
|
Table of Contents |
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company’s accounting for fair value measurements of assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the statements on a recurring or nonrecurring basis adhere to the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the input to valuation techniques used to measure fair value.
The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to measurements involving significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).
The three levels of fair value hierarchy are as follows:
|
· | Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access the measurement date |
|
|
|
|
· | Level 2 Inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability |
|
|
|
|
· | Level 3 Inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. |
The level in the fair value hierarchy within which a fair measurement in its entirety falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to fair value measurement in its entirety
The carrying values of cash, receivables, accounts payable and other financial working capital items approximate fair value at year end due to the short maturity nature of these instruments.
Cash
For purposes of reporting cash and cash flows, cash is net of outstanding checks and includes, amounts on deposit at banks, and deposits in transit.
Receivables
Receivables consists of rebates due from a primary vendor.
Inventory
Inventory consists of food, beverages and supplies and is stated at lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or net realizable value.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives which range from three to thirty years.
The Company reviews long-lived assets to determine if the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable based on estimated cash flows. Assets are reviewed at the lowest level for which cash flows can be identified, which is at the restaurant level. In determining future cash flows, significant estimates are made by the Company with respect to future operating results of each restaurant over its remaining life. If such assets are considered impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.
Assets Held for Sale
From time-to-time the Company purchases a property for possible development or resale. The Company also may sell an operating unit or may close an operating unit and list the property for sale. During 2018, the Company sold a non-operating restaurant property in St. Louis, Missouri for a net gain of approximately $158,358. A second non-operating property in the St. Louis area is currently listed for sale. In September of 2018 the Company closed an operating Burger Time unit in Richmond, Indiana and the property is listed for sale and during the period ending March 31, 2019 certain equipment related to the Richmond property was transferred to other operating locations. As of June 30, 2019, management concluded to record a charge of $93,488 for impairment of the carrying value of its Richmond location.
F-23 |
|
Table of Contents |
Income Taxes
Effective with the Share Exchange on July 30, 2018, the Company is taxed as a “C” Corporation for the partial-year period following the Share Exchange. Accordingly, subsequent to July 30, 2018, the Company provides for income taxes under (Accounting Standards Codification (ASC), 740), Accounting for Income Taxes. ASC 740 using an asset and liability approach in accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and the tax rates in effect when these differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.
At the time of the Share Exchange the carrying value of property and equipment for tax purposes was approximately $176,500 less than the carrying value for book purposes and accordingly the Company has reflected a Deferred tax liability of $48,500 based on an estimated combined state and Federal corporate tax rate of 27.5%.
As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties relating to any income tax obligations. The Company currently has no federal or state examinations in progress, nor has it had any federal or state tax examinations since its inception. The last three years of the Company’s tax years are subject to federal and state tax examination. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal and state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2015.
Prior to 2018 Share Exchange, BTND, with the consent of its shareholders, elected to be taxed under sections of the Federal and state income tax laws which provide that, in lieu of corporation income taxes, the shareholders separately account for their pro rata shares of the Company’s items of income, deductions, losses and credits. Therefore, these consolidated statements do not include a provision for income taxes related to the Company for the periods prior to the July 30, 2018 Share Exchange.
Per Common Share Amounts
Net income (loss) per common share is computed pursuant to section 260-10-45 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. Basic net income or (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and potentially outstanding shares of common stock during each period. Common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would be anti-dilutive. There were no potentially dilutive shares outstanding during the unaudited 2019 and 2018 periods presented.
Other Assets
Other assets include $48,500 of Goodwill related to deferred tax liability resulting from the Share Exchange. Other assets also include the allocated fair value of the acquired Dairy Queen franchise agreement related to the Company’s location in Ham Lake, Minnesota, and is being amortized over an estimated useful life of 14 years. Amortization for each of the next five years is estimated to be approximately $2,000 per year.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
F-24 |
|
Table of Contents |
Segment Reporting
The Company follows the guidance of FASB Accounting Standards for reporting and disclosure on operating segments requiring segment disclosures about products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. The Company has determined that it did not have any separately reportable operating segments.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. For the 26-week period ended June 30, 2019 the Company incurred a net loss of $208,178. Cash flow provided by operating activities declined to $84,985 for the 26 weeks ended June 30, 2019 from $222,751 for fiscal 2018. At June 30, 2019, the Company had $621,810 in cash and a working capital deficit of $279,624. A cash flow forecast for the next 12 months prepared by management indicates that the Company will have sufficient cash assets to meet its obligations for a year from the issuance of these consolidated financial statements. No adjustments have been made relating to recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company not continue as a going concern.
NOTE 2 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Depreciation expense for the 26 weeks ended June 30, 2019 and for the 26 weeks ending July 1, 2018 was $117,721 and $120,649, respectively. Property and equipment consisted of the following at end of the respective periods:
|
|
6/30/2019 |
|
|
12/30/2018 |
|
||
Land |
|
$ | 555,885 |
|
|
$ | 584,535 |
|
Equipment |
|
|
2,390,543 |
|
|
|
2,417,185 |
|
Buildings |
|
|
1,363,645 |
|
|
|
1,401,840 |
|
Vehicles |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
4,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Property and Equipment |
|
|
4,310,072 |
|
|
|
4,407,560 |
|
Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(2,117,450 | ) |
|
|
(2,001,929 | ) |
Less - Property held for sale |
|
|
(449,244 | ) |
|
|
(353,092 | ) |
Net Property and Equipment |
|
$ | 1,743,378 |
|
|
$ | 2,052,539 |
|
F-25 |
|
Table of Contents |
NOTE 3 – ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accrued expenses consisted of the following at the end of the respective six months:
|
|
6/30/2019 |
|
|
12/30/2018 |
|
||
Accrued real estate taxes |
|
$ | 17,810 |
|
|
$ | 30,206 |
|
Accrued payroll |
|
|
102,134 |
|
|
|
70,421 |
|
Accrued payroll taxes |
|
|
6,469 |
|
|
|
4,025 |
|
Accrued sales taxes payable |
|
|
63,047 |
|
|
|
45,219 |
|
Accrued vacation pay |
|
|
28,534 |
|
|
|
23,227 |
|
Other accrued expenses |
|
|
447 |
|
|
|
1,888 |
|
|
|
$ | 218,441 |
|
|
$ | 174,986 |
|
NOTE 4 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
During 2018, the Company issued 6,596,000 common shares in exchange for the member interests of BTND, LLC. Upon closing of the private offering 410,004 common shares and 205,002 common stock warrants to purchase shares at $2.00 through July 31, 2023 were issued to investors in consideration for a net amount of approximately $492,266, all of these warrants were outstanding as of the end of the year.
The 6,596,000 common shares were issued in exchange for all outstanding membership interests of BTND, LLC. in 2018 and the Company’s financial statements were retrospectively adjusted to prior periods as if the Share Exchange occurred on January 1, 2017.
F-26 |
|
Table of Contents |
NOTE 5 – LONG TERM DEBT
The Company had the following long term debt obligations as of:
F-27 |
|
Table of Contents |
Scheduled maturities of long-term debt, excluding unamortized debt issuance costs, are as follows:
6/30/2019 |
|
$ | 471,939 |
|
6/30/2020 |
|
|
238,283 |
|
6/30/2021 |
|
|
250,028 |
|
6/30/2022 |
|
|
262,354 |
|
6/30/2023 |
|
|
423,672 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
2,062,020 |
|
|
|
$ | 3,708,296 |
|
NOTE 6 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In 2015, BTND Checkers, LLC, an entity controlled by two members of the Company, acquired a potential Burger Time location in West St. Paul, Minnesota. On December 30, 2018, the Company exercised its option to acquire the property for $225,000.
At December 31, 2017, demand notes payable to entities controlled by members of the Company includes a non-interest-bearing demand note of $75,000 dated January 17, 2017 and $125,000 note with interest at 8% dated December 26, 2017 both of these notes were previously classified as long-term liabilities. The $75,000 note was repaid December 6, 2018. An additional $100,000 was advance to the Company on February 26, 2018.
The Company pays the salary and benefits of the Company controller based in Fargo, North Dakota and the Company pays monthly rent for the office space of $500 per month. From time-to-time the Company’s controller provides limited bookkeeping and administrative assistance for entities that are controlled by members of BTND, LLC. These are minimal services for which the Company has not been compensated.
Following the end of the period we advanced $54,000 to Next Gen Ice, Inc. (“NGI”) pursuant to a Promissory Note Agreement described in Note 8, Gary Copperud, our CEO, is a member of the Board of Directors and a minority shareholder of NGI. BT Properties, Inc. an entity owned by Mr. Copperud and certain shareholders of our Company has also advanced funds to NGI.
NOTE 7 – CONTINGENCIES
In the course of its business, the Company may be a party to claims and legal or regulatory actions arising from the conduct of its business. The Company is not aware of any significant asserted or potential claims which could impact its financial position. On February 6, 2017, the Company received a letter from written on behalf of Checkers/Rally’s alleging violation of general “trade dress” protected items related to the new location in West St. Paul, Minnesota. The Company has reviewed the assertions contained in the letter. With the assistance of Intellectual Property Counsel, the Company, concluded the Checkers/Rally’s assertions are without merit. Therefore, the Company has not recorded a liability for this matter. The Company responded to the letter stating its conclusion to Checkers/Rally’s on February 16, 2017. In response to the points raised by Checkers/Rally’s the Company made some modifications to its West St. Paul and Richmond stores. Checkers/Rally’s has not pursued any action against the Company. It is possible that actual legal results could differ from the Company’s assessment.
NOTE 8 – LAND LEASE
The only lease to which the Company is a party is a month-to-month land lease agreement for one of its locations. The net book value of the building located on this land is approximately $51,000. The monthly lease payment is $1,600.
F-28 |
|
Table of Contents |
NOTE 9 – INVESTMENT BANKING AGREEMENT
In December 2016, the Company entered into an Agreement with Maxim Group, LLC to act as the Company’s Placement Agent for and equity offering and to assist the Company in identifying potential merger opportunities with both private and public companies. On July 30, 2018, the Company closed a private placement for a net amount of approximately $492,000 and completed the Share Exchange with an entity previously controlled by Maxim Group, LLC.
The Company is pursuing an additional financing and has advanced legal fees of $40,000 toward completing and filing documents which may be required. This amount is included as a prepaid offering cost in the balance sheet at December 30, 2018.
NOTE 10 – SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On August 4, 2019, the Company entered into a Convertible Promissory Note C and Class A Warrant Purchase Agreement with Next Gen Ice, Inc. (“NGI”), a manufacturer and distributor of automated ice delivery systems for the convenience store and other markets, a promissory note in the principal amount of $54,000 (the “NGI Note”). Gary Copperud, our chief executive officer and a member of our board of directors, is a member of the board of directors and a minority shareholder of NGI. Great Peak, Inc. another entity controlled by Mr. Copperud, has advanced $226,000 to NGI for promissory notes and equity in NGI. The NGI Note either is payable on February 4, 2020 (six months from the date of issuance) with interest accrued at 14% per year, in which case NGI will issue to the Company the common stock purchase warrant described below, or at the option of the Company, the NGI Note is convertible into shares of the series of NGI preferred stock sold to purchasers in a transaction or series of related transactions resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to NGI of at least $1,000,000, which is referred to in the agreement as a qualified financing, at a price per share equal to 75% of the price paid by such purchasers. In the event that the Company does not convert the NGI into preferred stock and instead elects to receive repayment of the NGI Note in cash, the Company will have the right to purchase NGI common stock pursuant a warrant entitling it to purchase up to a number of shares of common stock calculated by dividing the principal amount of the NGI Note by the price paid by purchasers in a qualified financing for a period of three years. The shares of NGI common stock issuable to the Company either upon the conversion of the NGI preferred stock or the exercise of the warrant are subject to registration rights equivalent to the registration rights that NGI grants to purchasers in a qualified financing, if any.
F-29 |
|
Table of Contents |
PART II — INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the Registrant in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee. All expenses below are payable by the Registrant and not by the selling stockholders.
SEC registration fee* |
|
$ | 298.10 |
|
Legal fees |
|
$ | 25,000.00 |
|
Accounting fees and expense |
|
$ | 12,000.00 |
|
Transfer agent fee |
|
$ |
2,500.00 |
|
Miscellaneous |
|
$ | 5,000.00 |
|
Total |
|
$ |
44,798.00 |
|
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
The registrant is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are or are threatened to be made parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are or are threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred.
The registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide for the indemnification of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:
|
· |
transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit; |
|
· |
act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; |
|
· |
unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or |
|
· |
breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders. |
II-1 |
|
Table of Contents |
The registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes such a provision. Expenses incurred by any officer or director in defending any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition shall be paid by the registrant upon delivery to it of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the registrant.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since January 1, 2016. We believe that the transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (and Regulation D promulgated thereunder. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed on the share certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising. Except as otherwise specified, none of the transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions.
On January 20, 2016, the registrant issued an aggregate of 100 shares of common stock to three investors at a price of $5.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $500.
On July 25, 2018, all of the shares of common stock referenced in the foregoing paragraph were cancelled by mutual consent of the registrant and the stockholders and the registrant issued an aggregate of 820,00 shares of common stock to the original issuees of these shares or their respective designees in place of such shares.
On July 25, 2018, the registrant issued 160,000 shares of common stock to Brimmer Company, LLC in consideration of the payment of $102.67.
On July 25, 2018, the registrant issued 20,000 shares of common stock to Karuk Holding, LLC in consideration for consulting fees valued at $115.
On July 30, 2018, the Company issued an aggregate of 6,596,000 shares of common stock to six individuals in a share exchange transaction pursuant to which the recipients of the stock transferred all of the membership interests in BTND, LLC, a North Dakota limited liability company, in exchange for the common stock issued to them.
On July 31, 2018, the Company issued an aggregate of 410,012 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $1.50 per share and warrants to purchase up to 205,006 shares of common stock with an initial exercise price equal to $2.00 per share to 12 people in a private placement of securities. Maxim Group, LLC, or Maxima broker-dealer and member of FINRA, acted as exclusive placement agent for us in this offering. As compensation for its services, (i) we paid to Maxim a cash fee of approximately $49,200, equal to 8% of the gross proceeds we received in the offering; (ii) we issued to Maxim and a permitted designee of Maxim warrants (the “Placement Agent Warrants”) to purchase up to an aggregate of 32,801 shares of common stock, or 8% of the aggregate number of securities issued in connection with the offering; (iii) granted to Maxim registration rights with respect to all the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants; and (iv) paid certain expenses incurred by Maxim in connection with serving as the placement agent in the amount of $40,000.
The foregoing are all issuances of securities by the registrant during the past three years which were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). We claim an exemption from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) and/or Rule 506(b) of Regulation D of the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder in connection with the sales and issuances described below since the foregoing issuances and sales did not involve a public offering, the recipients (a) were “accredited investors” and/or had access to similar documentation and information as would be required in a Registration Statement under the Securities Act and (b) represented that they were acquiring the securities for investment purposes only, and not with a view towards distribution or resale except in compliance with applicable securities laws. The securities sold are subject to transfer restrictions, and the certificates evidencing the securities are imprinted with an appropriate legend stating that such securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold absent registration or pursuant to an exemption therefrom. No general solicitation or advertising was used in connection with any transaction. Unless specifically set forth below, no underwriter participated in the transaction and no commissions were paid in connection with the transactions.
On October 11, 2019, the registrant issued an aggregate of 9,000 shares of common stock to thirty employees under the 2019 Incentive Plan at a price of $1.50 per share. The issuances of the securities under the 2019 Incentive Plan were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act in that the transactions were under a compensatory benefit plan as provided under Rule 701.
II-2 |
|
Table of Contents |
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) |
Exhibits. The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement: |
Exhibit Number |
Description |
Location Reference |
||||
1 |
||||||
1 |
||||||
|
|
2 |
||||
Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of common stock. |
1 |
|||||
Form of Warrant issued to investors in the 2018 Private Placement of Securities. |
1 |
|||||
1 |
||||||
1 |
||||||
1 |
||||||
1 |
||||||
1 |
||||||
1 |
||||||
1 |
||||||
1 |
||||||
1 |
||||||
1 |
||||||
1 |
||||||
|
|
+ |
||||
1 |
||||||
2 |
||||||
1 |
||||||
24.1 |
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page to this Registration Statement) |
1 |
(b) |
Financial Statement Schedules. |
No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or notes thereto.
_____________
1. |
Previously filed. |
2. |
Filed herewith. |
+. |
Indicates compensatory plan. |
II-3 |
|
Table of Contents |
Item 17. Undertakings
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: |
(1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement: |
(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; |
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective Registration Statement; and |
(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement; provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii) and (a)(1)(iii) do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement. |
(2) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
(3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering. |
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this Registration Statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser: |
(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; |
(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant; |
(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and |
(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser. |
(b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the Registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. |
II-4 |
|
Table of Contents |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the Undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Minneapolis, Minnesota on the 18 day of October 2019.
BT BRANDS, INC. |
|
||
|
|
||
|
By: |
/s/ Gary Copperud |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
|
II-5 |
|
Table of Contents |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kenneth Brimmer, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and to sign a registration statement pursuant to Section 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
Signature |
Capacity |
Date |
||
By: /s/ Gary Copperud |
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
October 18, 2019 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
By: /s/ Kenneth Brimmer |
Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer and Chairman |
October 18, 2019 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
By: /s/ Jeffrey A. Zinnecker |
Director |
October 18, 2019 |
II-6 |
EXHIBIT 3.2.1
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
BT BRANDS, INC.
Approved and adopted September 12, 2019
ARTICLE X of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of BT Brands, Inc. (the “Corporation”) is amended and restated as follows:
ARTICLE X
EXCLUSIVE FORUM
Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or these bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim (A) as to which such court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of such court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of such court within ten (10) days following such determination), (B) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than such court, or (C) for which such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude stockholders that assert claims under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or any successors thereto, from bringing such claims in state or federal court, subject to applicable law.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any security of the corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article X.
EXHIBIT 10.10
BT BRANDS, INC.
2019 INCENTIVE PLAN
ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE AND ADOPTION OF THE PLAN
1.01. Purpose. The purpose of the BT Brands, Inc. 2019 Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) is to assist in attracting and retaining highly competent employees, directors and consultants to act as an incentive in motivating selected employees, directors and consultants of BT Brands, Inc. (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries to achieve long-term corporate objectives and to enable stock-based and cash-based incentive awards to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of the tax deduction limitations under Section 162(m) of the Code.
1.02. Adoption and Term. The Plan has been duly adopted and approved to be effective as of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. The Plan shall remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, or until terminated by action of the Board, whichever occurs sooner.
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this Plan, capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:
2.01. Affiliate means an entity in which, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, the Company has at least a fifty percent (50%) ownership interest or, where permissible under Section 409A of the Code, at least a twenty percent (20%) ownership interest; provided, however, for purposes of any grant of an Incentive Stock Option, “Affiliate” means a corporation which, for purposes of Section 424 of the Code, is a parent or subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly.
2.02. Award means any one or a combination of Non-Qualified Stock Options or Incentive Stock Options described in Article 6, Stock Appreciation Rights described in Article 6, Restricted Shares and Restricted Stock Units described in Article 7, Stock Bonus Awards in Article 8, Performance Awards described in Article 9, other stock-based Awards described in Article 10, short-term cash incentive Awards described in Article 11 or any other Award made under the terms of the Plan.
2.03. Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant or a written acknowledgment from the Company to a Participant specifically setting forth the terms and conditions of an Award granted under the Plan.
2.04. Award Period means, with respect to an Award, the period of time, if any, set forth in the Award Agreement during which specified target performance goals must be achieved or other conditions set forth in the Award Agreement must be satisfied.
2.05. Beneficiary means an individual, trust or estate who or which, by a written designation of the Participant filed with the Company, or if no such written designation is filed, by operation of law, succeeds to the rights and obligations of the Participant under the Plan and the Award Agreement upon the Participant's death.
2.06. Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
1 |
|
2.07. Change in Control means, and shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of, any one of the following events:
(a) The acquisition in one or more transactions, other than from the Company, by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than the Company, an Affiliate or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or an Affiliate, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of a number of Company Voting Securities in excess of 50% of the Company Voting Securities unless such acquisition has been approved by the Board;
(b) Any election has occurred of persons to the Board that causes two-thirds of the Board to consist of persons other than (i) persons who were members of the Board on the effective date of the Plan and (ii) persons who were nominated for elections as members of the Board at a time when two-thirds of the Board consisted of persons who were members of the Board on the effective date of the Plan, provided, however, that any person nominated for election by a Board at least two-thirds of whom constituted persons described in clauses (i) and/or (ii) or by persons who were themselves nominated by such Board shall, for this purpose, be deemed to have been nominated by a Board composed of persons described in clause (i);
(c) The consummation (i.e. closing) of a reorganization, merger or consolidation involving the Company, unless, following such reorganization, merger or consolidation, all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the respective beneficial owners of the Outstanding Common Stock and Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation, following such reorganization, merger or consolidation beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or trustees, as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Outstanding Common Stock and Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation, as the case may be;
(d) The consummation (i.e. closing) of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, unless, following such sale or disposition, all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the respective beneficial owners of the Outstanding Common Stock and Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or disposition, following such sale or disposition beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or trustees, as the case may be, of the entity purchasing such assets in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Outstanding Common Stock and Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or disposition, as the case may be; or
(e) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
2.08. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to a section of the Code shall include that section and any comparable section or sections of any future legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes said section.
2.09. Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
2.10. Common Stock means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share.
2.11. Company means BT Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.
2.12. Company Voting Securities means the combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors to the Board.
2.13. Date of Grant means the date designated by the Committee as the date as of which it grants an Award, which shall not be earlier than the date on which the Committee approves the granting of such Award.
2.14. Dividend Equivalent Account means a bookkeeping account in accordance with under Section 12.17 and related to an Award that is credited with the amount of any cash dividends or stock distributions that would be payable with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to such Awards had such shares been outstanding shares of Common Stock.
2.15. Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
2 |
|
2.16. Exercise Price means, with respect to a Stock Appreciation Right, the amount established by the Committee in the Award Agreement which is to be subtracted from the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise in order to determine the amount of the payment to be made to the Participant, as further described in Section 6.02(b).
2.17. Fair Market Value means, as of any applicable date: (i) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or is authorized for quotation on the NYSE American (“NYSE”), the closing sales price of the Common Stock on the exchange or NYSE, as the case may be, on that date, or if no price was reported for that date, on the next preceding date for which a price was reported; or (iii) if (i) does not apply, the last reported bid price published in the “pink sheets” or displayed on the OTC Link (“OTC”), Electronic Bulletin Board, as the case may be; or (iii) if none of the above apply, the fair market value of the Common Stock as determined under procedures established by the Committee.
2.18. Incentive Stock Option means a stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
2.19. Merger means any merger, reorganization, consolidation, exchange, transfer of assets or other transaction having similar effect involving the Company.
2.20. Non-Qualified Stock Option means a stock option which is not an Incentive Stock Option.
2.21. Non-Vested Share means shares of the Company Common Stock issued to a Participant in respect of the non-vested portion of an Option in the event of the early exercise of such Participant’s Options pursuant to such Participant’s Award Agreement, as permitted in Section 6.06 below.
2.22. Options means all Non-Qualified Stock Options and Incentive Stock Options granted at any time under the Plan.
2.23. Outstanding Common Stock means, at any time, the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock.
2.24. Participant means a person designated to receive an Award under the Plan in accordance with Section 5.01.
2.25. Performance Awards means Awards granted in accordance with Article 9.
2.26. Performance Goals means net sales, units sold or growth in units sold, return on stockholders' equity, customer satisfaction or retention, return on investment or working capital, operating income, economic value added (the amount, if any, by which net operating income after tax exceeds a reference cost of capital), EBITDA (as net income (loss) before net interest expense, provision (benefit) for income taxes, and depreciation and amortization), expense targets, net income, earnings per share, share price, reductions in inventory, inventory turns, on-time delivery performance, operating efficiency, productivity ratios, market share or change in market share, any one of which may be measured with respect to the Company or any one or more of its Subsidiaries and divisions and either in absolute terms or as compared to another company or companies, and quantifiable, objective measures of individual performance relevant to the particular individual's job responsibilities.
2.27. Plan has the meaning given to such term in Section 1.01.
2.28. Purchase Price, with respect to Options, shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(b).
2.29. Restricted Shares means Common Stock subject to restrictions imposed in connection with Awards granted under Article 7.
2.30. Restricted Stock Unit means a unit representing the right to receive Common Stock or the value thereof in the future subject to restrictions imposed in connection with Awards granted under Article 7.
3 |
|
2.31. Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, as the same may be amended from time to time, and any successor rule.
2.32. Securities Act of 1933 means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
2.33. Stock Appreciation Rights means awards granted in accordance with Article 6.
2.34. Stock Bonus Awards means awards granted in accordance with Article 8.
2.35. Termination of Service means the voluntary or involuntary termination of a Participant’s service as an employee, director or consultant with the Company or an Affiliate for any reason, including death, disability, retirement or as the result of the divestiture of the Participant's employer or any similar transaction in which the Participant's employer ceases to be the Company or one of its Subsidiaries. Whether entering military or other government service shall constitute Termination of Service, or whether and when a Termination of Service shall occur as a result of disability, shall be determined in each case by the Committee in its sole discretion.
ARTICLE 3
ADMINISTRATION
3.01. Committee.
(a) Duties and Authority. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee and the Committee shall have exclusive and final authority in each determination, interpretation or other action affecting the Plan and its Participants. The Committee shall have the sole discretionary authority to interpret the Plan, to establish and modify administrative rules for the Plan, to impose such conditions and restrictions on Awards as it determines appropriate, and to make all factual determinations with respect to and take such steps in connection with the Plan and Awards granted hereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. The Committee shall not, however, have or exercise any discretion that would disqualify amounts payable under Article 9 as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee may delegate such of its powers and authority under the Plan as it deems appropriate to a subcommittee of the Committee or designated officers or employees of the Company. In addition, the full Board may exercise any of the powers and authority of the Committee under the Plan. In the event of such delegation of authority or exercise of authority by the Board, references in the Plan to the Committee shall be deemed to refer, as appropriate, to the delegate of the Committee or the Board. Actions taken by the Committee or any subcommittee thereof, and any delegation by the Committee to designated officers or employees, under this Section 3.01 shall comply with Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the performance-based provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, and the regulations promulgated under each of such statutory provisions, or the respective successors to such statutory provisions or regulations, as in effect from time to time, to the extent applicable.
(b) Indemnification. Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Board or the Committee, or an officer or employee of the Company to whom authority was delegated in accordance with the Plan shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such individual in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnification shall not apply to any loss, cost, liability, or expense that is a result of his or her own willful misconduct. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, conferred in a separate agreement with the Company, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
4 |
|
ARTICLE 4
SHARES
4.01. Number of Shares Issuable. The total number of shares initially authorized to be issued under the Plan shall be 500,000 shares of Common Stock. The foregoing share limit shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 12.07. The shares to be offered under the Plan shall be authorized and unissued Common Stock, or issued Common Stock that shall have been reacquired by the Company.
4.02. Shares Subject to Terminated Awards. Common Stock covered by any unexercised portions of terminated or forfeited Options (including canceled Options) granted under Article 6, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units forfeited as provided in Article 7, other stock-based Awards terminated or forfeited as provided under the Plan, and Common Stock subject to any Awards that are otherwise surrendered by the Participant may again be subject to new Awards under the Plan. Shares of Common Stock surrendered to or withheld by the Company in payment or satisfaction of the Purchase Price of an Option or tax withholding obligation with respect to an Award shall be available for the grant of new Awards under the Plan. In the event of the exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights, whether or not granted in tandem with Options, only the number of shares of Common Stock actually issued in payment of such Stock Appreciation Rights shall be charged against the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards hereunder.
ARTICLE 5
PARTICIPATION
5.01. Eligible Participants. Participants in the Plan shall be such employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may designate from time to time. The Committee's designation of a Participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate such person to receive Awards or grants in any other year. The designation of a Participant to receive Awards or grants under one portion of the Plan does not require the Committee to include such Participant under other portions of the Plan. The Committee shall consider such factors as it deems pertinent in selecting Participants and in determining the type and amount of their respective Awards. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 12.07, in any calendar year, no Participant shall be granted Awards in respect of more than 100,000 shares of Common Stock (whether through grants of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or other Awards of Common Stock or rights with respect thereto) or cash-based Awards for more than $1 million.
ARTICLE 6
STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
6.01. Option Awards.
(a) Grant of Options. The Committee may grant, to such Participants as the Committee may select, Options entitling the Participant to purchase shares of Common Stock from the Company in such number, at such price, and on such terms and subject to such conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as may be established by the Committee. The terms of any Option granted under this Plan shall be set forth in an Award Agreement.
(b) Purchase Price of Options. Subject to the requirements applicable to Incentive Stock Options under Section 6.01(d), the Purchase Price of each share of Common Stock which may be purchased upon exercise of any Option granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee.
(c) Designation of Options. The Committee shall designate, at the time of the grant of each Option, the Option as an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option; provided, however, that an Option may be designated as an Incentive Stock Option only if the applicable Participant is an employee of the Company on the Date of Grant.
5 |
|
(d) Special Incentive Stock Option Rules. No Participant may be granted Incentive Stock Options under the Incentive Plan (or any other plans of the Company) that would result in Incentive Stock Options to purchase shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the Date of Grant) of more than $100,000 first becoming exercisable by the Participant in any one calendar year. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Incentive Plan to the contrary, the Exercise Price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Incentive Stock Option as of the Date of Grant of the Incentive Stock Option; provided, however, that no Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any person who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock (including stock owned by application of the constructive ownership rules in Section 424(d) of the Code) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, unless at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted the price of the Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Incentive Stock Option and the Incentive Stock Option by its terms is not exercisable for more than five years from the Date of Grant.
(e) Rights As a Stockholder. A Participant or a transferee of an Option pursuant to Section 12.04 shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to Common Stock covered by an Option until the Participant or transferee shall have become the holder of record of any such shares, and no adjustment shall be made for dividends in cash or other property or distributions or other rights with respect to any such Common Stock for which the record date is prior to the date on which the Participant or a transferee of the Option shall have become the holder of record of any such shares covered by the Option; provided, however, that Participants are entitled to share adjustments to reflect capital changes under Section 12.07.
6.02. Stock Appreciation Rights.
(a) Stock Appreciation Right Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant to any Participant one or more Stock Appreciation Rights. Such Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted either independent of or in tandem with Options granted to the same Participant. Stock Appreciation Rights granted in tandem with Options may be granted simultaneously with, or, in the case of Non-Qualified Stock Options, subsequent to, the grant to such Participant of the related Option; provided however, that: (i) any Option covering any share of Common Stock shall expire and not be exercisable upon the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right with respect to the same share, (ii) any Stock Appreciation Right covering any share of Common Stock shall expire and not be exercisable upon the exercise of any related Option with respect to the same share, and (iii) an Option and Stock Appreciation Right covering the same share of Common Stock may not be exercised simultaneously. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right with respect to a share of Common Stock, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over (B) the Exercise Price of such Stock Appreciation Right established in the Award Agreement, which amount shall be payable as provided in Section 6.02(c).
(b) Exercise Price. The Exercise Price established under any Stock Appreciation Right granted under this Plan shall be determined by the Committee, but in the case of Stock Appreciation Rights granted in tandem with Options shall not be less than the Purchase Price of the related Option. Upon exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights granted in tandem with options, the number of shares subject to exercise under any related Option shall automatically be reduced by the number of shares of Common Stock represented by the Option or portion thereof which are surrendered as a result of the exercise of such Stock Appreciation Rights.
(c) Payment of Incremental Value. Any payment which may become due from the Company by reason of a Participant's exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid to the Participant as determined by the Committee (i) all in cash, (ii) all in Common Stock, or (iii) in any combination of cash and Common Stock. In the event that all or a portion of the payment is made in Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock delivered in satisfaction of such payment shall be determined by dividing the amount of such payment or portion thereof by the Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date. No fractional share of Common Stock shall be issued to make any payment in respect of Stock Appreciation Rights; if any fractional share would be issuable, the combination of cash and Common Stock payable to the Participant shall be adjusted as directed by the Committee to avoid the issuance of any fractional share.
6 |
|
6.03. Terms of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.
(a) Conditions on Exercise. An Award Agreement with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may contain such waiting periods, exercise dates and restrictions on exercise (including, but not limited to, periodic installments) as may be determined by the Committee at the time of grant. In the event the Committee grants an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that would be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may include such additional terms, conditions and restrictions on the exercise of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right as the Committee deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
(b) Duration of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall terminate upon the first to occur of the following events:
(i) Expiration of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right as provided in the Award Agreement; or
(ii) Termination of the Award in the event of a Participant's disability, Retirement, death or other Termination of Service as provided in the Award Agreement; or
(iii) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, ten years from the Date of Grant (five years in certain cases, as described in Section 6.01(d)); or
(iv) Solely in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with an Option, upon the expiration of the related Option.
6.04. Acceleration or Extension of Exercise Time. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the right (but shall not be obligated), exercisable on or at any time after the Date of Grant, to permit the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right (i) prior to the time such Option or Stock Appreciation Right would become exercisable under the terms of the Award Agreement, (ii) after the termination of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the terms of the Award Agreement, or (iii) after the expiration of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right.
6.05. Exercise Procedures. Each Option and Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall be exercised under such procedures and by such methods as the Board may establish or approve from time to time. The Purchase Price of shares purchased upon exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid in full in cash by the Participant pursuant to the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the Committee may (but shall not be required to) permit payment to be made (a) by delivery to the Company of shares of Common Stock held by the Participant, (b) by a “net exercise” method under which the Company reduces the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price, or (c) such other consideration as the Committee deems appropriate and in compliance with applicable law (including payment under an arrangement constituting a brokerage transaction as permitted under the provisions of Regulation T applicable to cashless exercises promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board, unless prohibited by Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002). In the event that any Common Stock shall be transferred to the Company to satisfy all or any part of the Purchase Price, the part of the Purchase Price deemed to have been satisfied by such transfer of Common Stock shall be equal to the product derived by multiplying the Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise times the number of shares of Common Stock transferred to the Company. The Participant may not transfer to the Company in satisfaction of the Purchase Price any fractional share of Common Stock. Any part of the Purchase Price paid in cash upon the exercise of any Option shall be added to the general funds of the Company and may be used for any proper corporate purpose. Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, any Common Stock transferred to the Company as payment of all or part of the Purchase Price upon the exercise of any Option shall be held as treasury shares.
6.06. Change in Control. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control, no accelerated vesting of any Options or Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding on the date of such Change in Control shall occur.
6.07. Early Exercise. An Option may, but need not, include a provision by which the Participant may elect to exercise the Option in whole or in part prior to the date the Option is fully vested. The provision may be included in the Award Agreement at the time of grant of the Option or may be added to the Award Agreement by amendment at a later time. In the event of an early exercise of an Option, any shares of Common Stock received shall be subject to a special repurchase right in favor of the Company with terms established by the Board. The Board shall determine the time and/or the event that causes the repurchase right to terminate and fully vest the Common Stock in the Participant. Alternatively, in the sole discretion of the Board, one or more Participants may be granted stock purchase rights allowing them to purchase shares of Common Stock outright, subject to conditions and restrictions as the Board may determine.
7 |
|
ARTICLE 7
RESTRICTED SHARES AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS
7.01. Award of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. The Committee may grant to any Participant an Award of Restricted Shares consisting of a specified number of shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant subject to such terms, conditions and forfeiture and transfer restrictions, whether based on performance standards, periods of service, retention by the Participant of ownership of specified shares of Common Stock or other criteria, as the Committee shall establish. The Committee may also grant Restricted Stock Units representing the right to receive shares of Common Stock in the future subject to such terms, conditions and restrictions, whether based on performance standards, periods of service, retention by the Participant of ownership of specified shares of Common Stock or other criteria, as the Committee shall establish. With respect to performance-based Awards of Restricted Shares or Restricted Stock Units intended to qualify as “performance-based” compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, performance targets will consist of specified levels of one or more of the Performance Goals. The terms of any Restricted Share and Restricted Stock Unit Awards granted under this Plan shall be set forth in an Award Agreement which shall contain provisions determined by the Committee and not inconsistent with this Plan.
7.02. Restricted Shares.
(a) Issuance of Restricted Shares. As soon as practicable after the Date of Grant of a Restricted Share Award by the Committee, the Company shall cause to be transferred on the books of the Company, or its agent, Common Stock, registered on behalf of the Participant, evidencing the Restricted Shares covered by the Award, but subject to forfeiture to the Company as of the Date of Grant if an Award Agreement with respect to the Restricted Shares covered by the Award is not duly executed by the Participant and timely returned to the Company. All Common Stock covered by Awards under this Article 7 shall be subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions contained in the Plan and the Award Agreement entered into by the Participant. Until the lapse or release of all restrictions applicable to an Award of Restricted Shares, the share certificates representing such Restricted Shares may be held in custody by the Company, its designee, or, if the certificates bear a restrictive legend, by the Participant. Upon the lapse or release of all restrictions with respect to an Award as described in Section 7.02(d), one or more share certificates, registered in the name of the Participant, for an appropriate number of shares as provided in Section 7.02(d), free of any restrictions set forth in the Plan and the Award Agreement shall be delivered to the Participant.
(b) Stockholder Rights. Beginning on the Date of Grant of the Restricted Share Award and subject to execution of the Award Agreement as provided in Section 7.02(a), the Participant shall become a stockholder of the Company with respect to all shares subject to the Award Agreement and shall have all of the rights of a stockholder, including, but not limited to, the right to vote such shares and the right to receive dividends; provided, however, that any Common Stock distributed as a dividend or otherwise with respect to any Restricted Shares as to which the restrictions have not yet lapsed, shall be subject to the same restrictions as such Restricted Shares and held or restricted as provided in Section 7.02(a).
(c) Restriction on Transferability. None of the Restricted Shares may be assigned or transferred (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or to an inter vivos trust with respect to which the Participant is treated as the owner under Sections 671 through 677 of the Code, except to the extent that Section 16 of the Exchange Act limits a Participant's right to make such transfers), pledged or sold prior to lapse of the restrictions applicable thereto.
(d) Delivery of Shares Upon Vesting. Upon expiration or earlier termination of the forfeiture period without a forfeiture and the satisfaction of or release from any other conditions prescribed by the Committee, or at such earlier time as provided under the provisions of Section 7.04, the restrictions applicable to the Restricted Shares shall lapse. As promptly as administratively feasible thereafter, subject to the requirements of Section 12.05, the Company shall deliver to the Participant or, in case of the Participant's death, to the Participant's Beneficiary, one or more share certificates for the appropriate number of shares of Common Stock, free of all such restrictions, except for any restrictions that may be imposed by law.
8 |
|
(e) Forfeiture of Restricted Shares. Subject to Sections 7.02(f) and 7.04, all Restricted Shares shall be forfeited and returned to the Company and all rights of the Participant with respect to such Restricted Shares shall terminate unless the Participant continues in the service of the Company or an Affiliate as an employee until the expiration of the forfeiture period for such Restricted Shares and satisfies any and all other conditions set forth in the Award Agreement. The Committee shall determine the forfeiture period (which may, but need not, lapse in installments) and any other terms and conditions applicable with respect to any Restricted Share Award.
(f) Waiver of Forfeiture Period. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 7 to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive the forfeiture period and any other conditions set forth in any Award Agreement under appropriate circumstances (including the death, disability or Retirement of the Participant or a material change in circumstances arising after the date of an Award) and subject to such terms and conditions (including forfeiture of a proportionate number of the Restricted Shares) as the Committee shall deem appropriate.
7.03. Restricted Stock Units.
(a) Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Payments shall be made to Participants with respect to their Restricted Stock Units as soon as practicable after the Committee has determined that the terms and conditions applicable to such Award have been satisfied or at a later date if distribution has been deferred. Payments to Participants with respect to Restricted Stock Units shall be made in the form of Common Stock, or cash or a combination of both, as the Committee may determine. The amount of any cash to be paid in lieu of Common Stock shall be determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date any such payment is processed. As to shares of Common Stock which constitute all or any part of such payment, the Committee may impose such restrictions concerning their transferability and/or their forfeiture as may be provided in the applicable Award Agreement or as the Committee may otherwise determine, provided such determination is made on or before the date certificates for such shares are first delivered to the applicable Participant.
(b) Shareholder Rights. Until the lapse or release of all restrictions applicable to an Award of Restricted Stock Units, no shares of Common Stock shall be issued in respect of such Awards and no Participant shall have any rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by such Award of Restricted Stock Units.
(c) Waiver of Forfeiture Period. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 7.03 to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive the forfeiture period and any other conditions set forth in any Award Agreement under appropriate circumstances (including the death, disability or retirement of the Participant or a material change in circumstances arising after the date of an Award) and subject to such terms and conditions (including forfeiture of a proportionate number of shares issuable upon settlement of the Restricted Stock Units constituting an Award) as the Committee shall deem appropriate.
(d) Deferral of Payment. If approved by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant may elect to defer the amount payable with respect to the Participant’s Restricted Stock Units in accordance with such terms as may be established by the Committee, subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
7.04. Change in Control. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, no acceleration of the termination of any of the restrictions applicable to Restricted Shares and Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall occur in the event of a Change in Control.
9 |
|
ARTICLE 8
STOCK BONUS AWARDS.
8.01. Stock Bonus Awards. A Stock Bonus Award is an award to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director of Shares for Services to be rendered or for past Services already rendered to the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate. All Stock Bonus Awards shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement. No payment from the Participant will be required for Shares awarded pursuant to a Stock Bonus Award.
8.02. Terms of Stock Bonus Awards. The Committee will determine the number of Shares to be awarded to the Participant under a Stock Bonus Award and any restrictions thereon. These restrictions may be based upon completion of a specified number of years of service with the Company or upon satisfaction of performance goals based on Performance Factors during any Performance Period as set out in advance in the Participant’s Stock Bonus Agreement. Prior to the grant of any Stock Bonus Award the Committee shall: (a) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for the Stock Bonus Award; (b) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure performance goals; and (c) determine the number of Shares that may be awarded to the Participant. Performance Periods may overlap and a Participant may participate simultaneously with respect to Stock Bonus Awards that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria.
8.03. Form of Payment to Participant. Payment may be made in the form of cash, whole Shares, or a combination thereof, based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares earned under a Stock Bonus Award on the date of payment, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.
8.04. Termination of Service. Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such date Participant’s Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).
ARTICLE 9
PERFORMANCE AWARDS
9.01. Performance Awards.
(a) Award Periods and Calculations of Potential Incentive Amounts. The Committee may grant Performance Awards to Participants. A Performance Award shall consist of the right to receive a payment (measured by the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock, increases in such Fair Market Value during the Award Period and/or a fixed cash amount) contingent upon the extent to which certain predetermined performance targets have been met during an Award Period. The Award Period shall be two or more fiscal or calendar years as determined by the Committee. The Committee, in its discretion and under such terms as it deems appropriate, may permit newly eligible Participants, such as those who are promoted or newly hired, to receive Performance Awards after an Award Period has commenced.
(b) Performance Targets. Subject to Section 12.18, the performance targets applicable to a Performance Award may include such goals related to the performance of the Company or, where relevant, any one or more of its Subsidiaries or divisions and/or the performance of a Participant as may be established by the Committee in its discretion. In the case of Performance Awards to “covered employees” (as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code), the targets will be limited to specified levels of one or more of the Performance Goals. The performance targets established by the Committee may vary for different Award Periods and need not be the same for each Participant receiving a Performance Award in an Award Period.
(c) Earning Performance Awards. The Committee, at or as soon as practicable after the Date of Grant, shall prescribe a formula to determine the percentage of the Performance Award to be earned based upon the degree of attainment of the applicable performance targets.
(d) Payment of Earned Performance Awards. Subject to the requirements of Section 12.05, payments of earned Performance Awards shall be made in cash or Common Stock, or a combination of cash and Common Stock, in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may define, and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, such terms and conditions with respect to the payment of earned Performance Awards as it may deem desirable.
10 |
|
(e) Termination of Service. In the event of a Participant’s Termination of Service during an Award Period, the Participant’s Performance Awards shall be forfeited except as may otherwise be provided in the applicable Award Agreement.
(f) Change in Control. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control, no accelerated vesting of any Performance Awards outstanding on the date of such Change in Control shall occur.
ARTICLE 10
OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS
10.01. Grant of Other Stock-Based Awards. Other stock-based awards, consisting of stock purchase rights (with or without loans to Participants by the Company containing such terms as the Committee shall determine), Awards of Common Stock, or Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, may be granted either alone or in addition to or in conjunction with other Awards under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Awards shall be made, the number of shares of Common Stock to be granted pursuant to such Awards, and all other conditions of the Awards. Any such Award shall be confirmed by an Award Agreement executed by the Committee and the Participant, which Award Agreement shall contain such provisions as the Committee determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent of this Plan with respect to such Award.
10.02. Terms of Other Stock-Based Awards. In addition to the terms and conditions specified in the Award Agreement, Awards made pursuant to this Article 10 shall be subject to the following:
(a) Any Common Stock subject to Awards made under this Article 10 may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered prior to the date on which the shares are issued, or, if later, the date on which any applicable restriction, performance or deferral period lapses; and
(b) If specified by the Committee in the Award Agreement, the recipient of an Award under this Article 10 shall be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, interest or dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to the Common Stock or other securities covered by the Award; and
(c) The Award Agreement with respect to any Award shall contain provisions dealing with the disposition of such Award in the event of a Termination of Service prior to the exercise, payment or other settlement of such Award, whether such termination occurs because of Retirement, disability, death or other reason, with such provisions to take account of the specific nature and purpose of the Award.
ARTICLE 11
SHORT-TERM CASH INCENTIVE AWARDS
11.01. Eligibility. Executive officers of the Company who are from time to time determined by the Committee to be “covered employees” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code will be eligible to receive short-term cash incentive awards under this Article 11.
11.02. Awards.
(a) Performance Targets. The Committee shall establish objective performance targets based on specified levels of one or more of the Performance Goals. Such performance targets shall be established by the Committee on a timely basis to ensure that the targets are considered “preestablished” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.
(b) Amounts of Awards. In conjunction with the establishment of performance targets for a fiscal year or such other short-term performance period established by the Committee, the Committee shall adopt an objective formula (on the basis of percentages of Participants' salaries, shares in a bonus pool or otherwise) for computing the respective amounts payable under the Plan to Participants if and to the extent that the performance targets are attained. Such formula shall comply with the requirements applicable to performance-based compensation plans under Section 162(m) of the Code and, to the extent based on percentages of a bonus pool, such percentages shall not exceed 100% in the aggregate.
11 |
|
(c) Payment of Awards. Awards will be payable to Participants in cash each year upon prior written certification by the Committee of attainment of the specified performance targets for the preceding fiscal year or other applicable performance period.
(d) Negative Discretion. Notwithstanding the attainment by the Company of the specified performance targets, the Committee shall have the discretion, which need not be exercised uniformly among the Participants, to reduce or eliminate the award that would be otherwise paid.
(e) Guidelines. The Committee may adopt from time to time written policies for its implementation of this Article 11. Such guidelines shall reflect the intention of the Company that all payments hereunder qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.
(f) Non-Exclusive Arrangement. The adoption and operation of this Article 11 shall not preclude the Board or the Committee from approving other short-term incentive compensation arrangements for the benefit of individuals who are Participants hereunder as the Board or Committee, as the case may be, deems appropriate and in the best of the Company.
ARTICLE 12
TERMS APPLICABLE GENERALLY TO AWARDS GRANTED UNDER THE PLAN
12.01. Plan Provisions Control Award Terms. Except as provided in Section 12.16, the terms of the Plan shall govern all Awards granted under the Plan, and in no event shall the Committee have the power to grant any Award under the Plan which is contrary to any of the provisions of the Plan. In the event any provision of any Award granted under the Plan shall conflict with any term in the Plan as constituted on the Date of Grant of such Award, the term in the Plan as constituted on the Date of Grant of such Award shall control. Except as provided in Section 12.03 and Section 12.07, the terms of any Award granted under the Plan may not be changed after the Date of Grant of such Award so as to materially decrease the value of the Award without the express written approval of the holder.
12.02. Award Agreement. No person shall have any rights under any Award granted under the Plan unless and until the Company and the Participant to whom such Award shall have been granted shall have executed and delivered an Award Agreement or received any other Award acknowledgment authorized by the Committee expressly granting the Award to such person and containing provisions setting forth the terms of the Award.
12.03. Modification of Award After Grant. No Award granted under the Plan to a Participant may be modified (unless such modification does not materially decrease the value of the Award) after the Date of Grant except by express written agreement between the Company and the Participant, provided that any such change (a) shall not be inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, and (b) shall be approved by the Committee.
12.04. Limitation on Transfer. Except as provided in Section 7.01(c) in the case of Restricted Shares, a Participant's rights and interest under the Plan may not be assigned or transferred other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of a Participant, only the Participant personally (or the Participant's personal representative) may exercise rights under the Plan. The Participant's Beneficiary may exercise the Participant's rights to the extent they are exercisable under the Plan following the death of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act with respect to Participants subject to such Section, the Committee may grant Non-Qualified Stock Options that are transferable, without payment of consideration, to immediate family members of the Participant or to trusts or partnerships for such family members, and the Committee may also amend outstanding Non-Qualified Stock Options to provide for such transferability.
12 |
|
12.05. Taxes. The Company shall be entitled, if the Committee deems it necessary or desirable, to withhold (or secure payment from the Participant in lieu of withholding) the amount of any withholding or other tax required by law to be withheld or paid by the Company with respect to any amount payable and/or shares issuable under such Participant's Award, or with respect to any income recognized upon a disqualifying disposition of shares received pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, and the Company may defer payment or issuance of the cash or shares upon exercise or vesting of an Award unless indemnified to its satisfaction against any liability for any such tax. The amount of such withholding or tax payment shall be determined by the Committee and shall be payable by the Participant at such time as the Committee determines in accordance with the following rules:
(a) The Participant shall have the right to elect to meet his or her withholding requirement (i) by having withheld from such Award at the appropriate time that number of shares of Common Stock, rounded down to the nearest whole share, whose Fair Market Value is equal to the amount of withholding taxes due, (ii) by direct payment to the Company in cash of the amount of any taxes required to be withheld with respect to such Award or (iii) by a combination of shares and cash.
(b) In the case of Participants who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee may impose such limitations and restrictions as it deems necessary or appropriate with respect to the delivery or withholding of shares of Common Stock to meet tax withholding obligations.
12.06. Surrender of Awards; Authorization of Repricing. Any Award granted under the Plan may be surrendered to the Company for cancellation on such terms as the Committee and the holder approve. Without requiring shareholder approval, the Committee may substitute a new Award under this Plan in connection with the surrender by the Participant of an equity compensation award previously granted under this Plan or any other plan sponsored by the Company, including the substitution or grant of (i) an Option or Stock Appreciation Right with a lower exercise price than the Option or Stock Appreciation Right being surrendered, (ii) a different type of Award upon the surrender or cancellation of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price above the Fair Market Value of the underlying Common Stock on the date of such substitution or grant, or (iii) any other Award constituting a repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.
12.07. Adjustments to Reflect Capital Changes.
(a) Recapitalization. In the event of any corporate event or transaction (including, but not limited to, a change in the Common Stock or the capitalization of the Company) such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, separation, partial or complete liquidation, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split up, spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of the Company, a combination or exchange of Common Stock, dividend in kind, or other like change in capital structure, number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, distribution (other than normal cash dividends) to shareholders of the Company, or any similar corporate event or transaction, the Committee, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under this Plan, shall make equitable and appropriate adjustments and substitutions, as applicable, to or of the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards, the Purchase Price or Exercise Price for such shares, the number and kind of shares available for future issuance under the Plan and the maximum number of shares in respect of which Awards can be made to any Participant in any calendar year, and other determinations applicable to outstanding Awards. The Committee shall have the power and sole discretion to determine the amount of the adjustment to be made in each case.
(b) Merger. In the event that the Company is a party to a Merger, outstanding Awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger or reorganization. Such agreement may provide, without limitation, for the continuation of outstanding Awards by the Company (if the Company is a surviving corporation), for their assumption by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary, for the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary of its own awards for such Awards, for accelerated vesting and accelerated expiration, or for settlement in cash or cash equivalents.
(c) Options to Purchase Shares or Stock of Acquired Companies. After any Merger in which the Company or an Affiliate shall be a surviving corporation, the Committee may grant substituted options under the provisions of the Plan, pursuant to Section 424 of the Code, replacing old options granted under a plan of another party to the Merger whose shares or stock subject to the old options may no longer be issued following the Merger. The foregoing adjustments and manner of application of the foregoing provisions shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Any such adjustments may provide for the elimination of any fractional shares which might otherwise become subject to any Options.
13 |
|
12.08. No Right to Continued Service. No person shall have any claim of right to be granted an Award under this Plan. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the service of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
12.09. Awards Not Includable for Benefit Purposes. Payments received by a Participant pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall not be included in the determination of benefits under any pension, group insurance or other benefit plan applicable to the Participant which is maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except as may be provided under the terms of such plans or determined by the Board.
12.10. Governing Law. All determinations made and actions taken pursuant to the Plan shall be governed by the laws of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith.
12.11. No Strict Construction. No rule of strict construction shall be implied against the Company, the Committee, or any other person in the interpretation of any of the terms of the Plan, any Award granted under the Plan or any rule or procedure established by the Committee.
12.12. Compliance with Rule 16b-3. It is intended that, unless the Committee determines otherwise, Awards under the Plan be eligible for exemption under Rule 16b-3. The Board is authorized to amend the Plan and to make any such modifications to Award Agreements to comply with Rule 16b-3, as it may be amended from time to time, and to make any other such amendments or modifications as it deems necessary or appropriate to better accomplish the purposes of the Plan in light of any amendments made to Rule 16b-3.
12.13. Captions. The captions (i.e., all Section headings) used in the Plan are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of the Plan, and shall not be deemed to limit, characterize or affect in any way any provisions of the Plan, and all provisions of the Plan shall be construed as if no captions have been used in the Plan.
12.14. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision in the Plan and every Award at any time granted under the Plan shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of the Plan or any Award at any time granted under the Plan shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, then (a) such provision shall be deemed amended to accomplish the objectives of the provision as originally written to the fullest extent permitted by law and (b) all other provisions of the Plan and every other Award at any time granted under the Plan shall remain in full force and effect
12.15. Amendment and Termination.
(a) Amendment. The Board shall have complete power and authority to amend the Plan at any time; provided, however, that the Board shall not, without the requisite affirmative approval of stockholders of the Company, make any amendment which requires stockholder approval under the Code or under any other applicable law or rule of any stock exchange which lists Common Stock or Company Voting Securities. No termination or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the Participant to whom any Award shall theretofore have been granted under the Plan, adversely affect the right of such individual under such Award.
(b) Termination. The Board shall have the right and the power to terminate the Plan at any time. No Award shall be granted under the Plan after the termination of the Plan, but the termination of the Plan shall not have any other effect and any Award outstanding at the time of the termination of the Plan may be exercised after termination of the Plan at any time prior to the expiration date of such Award to the same extent such Award would have been exercisable had the Plan not terminated.
12.16. Foreign Qualified Awards. Awards under the Plan may be granted to such employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries who are residing in foreign jurisdictions as the Committee in its sole discretion may determine from time to time. The Committee may adopt such supplements to the Plan as may be necessary or appropriate to comply with the applicable laws of such foreign jurisdictions and to afford Participants favorable treatment under such laws; provided, however, that no Award shall be granted under any such supplement with terms or conditions inconsistent with the provision set forth in the Plan.
14 |
|
12.17. Dividend Equivalents. For any Award granted under the Plan, the Committee shall have the discretion, upon the Date of Grant or thereafter, to establish a Dividend Equivalent Account with respect to the Award, and the applicable Award Agreement or an amendment thereto shall confirm such establishment. If a Dividend Equivalent Account is established, the following terms shall apply:
(a) Terms and Conditions. Dividend Equivalent Accounts shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine and as shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Such terms and conditions may include, without limitation, for the Participant’s Account to be credited as of the record date of each cash dividend on the Common Stock with an amount equal to the cash dividends which would be paid with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by the related Award if such shares of Common Stock had been owned of record by the Participant on such record date.
(b) Unfunded Obligation. Dividend Equivalent Accounts shall be established and maintained only on the books and records of the Company and no assets or funds of the Company shall be set aside, placed in trust, removed from the claims of the Company's general creditors, or otherwise made available until such amounts are actually payable as provided hereunder.
12.18. Adjustment of Performance Goals and Targets. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have the authority to adjust any Performance Goal, performance target or other performance-based criteria established with respect to any Award under the Plan if circumstances occur (including, but not limited to, unusual or nonrecurring events, changes in tax laws or accounting principles or practices or changed business or economic conditions) that cause any such Performance Goal, performance target or performance-based criteria to be inappropriate in the judgment of the Committee; provided, that with respect to any Award that is intended to qualify for the “performance-based compensation” exception under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, any adjustment by the Committee shall be consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) and the regulations thereunder.
12.19. Legality of Issuance. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan or any applicable Award Agreement to the contrary, the Committee shall have the sole discretion to impose such conditions, restrictions and limitations (including suspending exercises of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights and the tolling of any applicable exercise period during such suspension) on the issuance of Common Stock with respect to any Award unless and until the Committee determines that such issuance complies with (i) any applicable registration requirements under the Securities Act or the Committee has determined that an exemption therefrom is available, (ii) any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, (iii) any applicable Company policy or administrative rules, and (iv) any other applicable provision of state, federal or foreign law, including foreign securities laws where applicable.
12.20. Restrictions on Transfer. Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Common Stock under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge, or other transfer of such Common Stock (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates) if, in the judgment of the Company and its counsel, such restrictions are necessary or desirable to achieve compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state, the United States or any other applicable foreign law.
12.21. Further Assurances. As a condition to receipt of any Award under the Plan, a Participant shall agree, upon demand of the Company, to do all acts and execute, deliver and perform all additional documents, instruments and agreements which may be reasonably required by the Company, to implement the provisions and purposes of the Plan.
15 |
|
NOTICE OF GRANT OF [INCENTIVE/NON-QUALIFIED] STOCK OPTION AWARD
BT BRANDS, INC.
2019 INCENTIVE PLAN
FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, BT Brands, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants, pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s 2019 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), to the Participant designated in this Notice of Grant of [Incentive/Non-Qualified] Stock Option Award (the “Notice”) an option to purchase the number of shares of the common stock of the Company set forth in the Notice (the “Shares”), subject to certain restrictions as outlined below in this Notice and the additional provisions set forth in the attached Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Award (collectively, the “Agreement”). Also enclosed is a copy of the information statement describing important provisions of the Plan.
Optionee: [__________] |
|
|
Date of Grant: ____________
|
Type of Option: [Incentive/Non-Qualified] Stock Option
|
|
Exercise Price per Share: $____
|
Expiration Date: ____________
|
|
Total Number of Shares Granted: _______
|
Total Exercise Price: $______
|
|
Vesting Schedule: [1/4 vesting on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of the grant] |
Exercise After Termination of Service:
Termination of Service for any reason: any non-vested portion of the Option expires immediately;
Termination of Service due to death or Disability: vested portion of the Option is exercisable by the Optionee (or, in the event of the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s Beneficiary) for one year after the Optionee’s Termination;
Termination of Service for any reason other than death or Disability: vested portion of the Option is exercisable for a period of ninety days following the Optionee’s Termination.
In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date as provided above.
By signing below, the Optionee agrees that this [Incentive/Non-Qualified] Stock Option Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2019 Incentive Plan and the attached Terms and Conditions.
Participant |
|
BT Brands, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION AWARD
1. Grant of Option. The Option granted to the Optionee and described in the Notice of Grant is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety into these Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Award.
The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized and approved the 2019 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which has been approved by the stockholders of the Company. The Committee has approved an award to the Optionee of a number of shares of the Company’s common stock, conditioned upon the Participant’s acceptance of the provisions set forth in the Notice and these Terms and Conditions within 60 days after the Notice and these Terms and Conditions are presented to the Optionee for review. For purposes of the Notice and these Terms and Conditions, any reference to the Company shall include a reference to any Affiliate.
If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that the Option fails to meet the requirements of an ISO under Section 422 of the Code, this Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option (“NSO”).
The Company intends that this Option not be considered to provide for the deferral of compensation under Section 409A of the Code and that this Agreement shall be so administered and construed. Further, the Company may modify the Plan and this Award to the extent necessary to fulfill this intent.
2. Exercise of Option.
(a) Right to Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the issuance and exercise comply with applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares. The Committee may, in its discretion, (i) accelerate vesting of the Option, or (ii) extend the applicable exercise period to the extent permitted under Section 6.03 of the Plan.
(b) Method of Exercise. The Optionee may exercise the Option by delivering an exercise notice in a form approved by the Company (the “Exercise Notice”) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Shares exercised. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.
(c) Acceleration of Vesting on Change in Control. Unless otherwise specified in the Notice of Grant, in the event of a Change in Control, no accelerated vesting of any Options outstanding on the date of such Change in Control shall occur.
3. Method of Payment. If the Optionee elects to exercise the Option by submitting an Exercise Notice under Section 2(b) of this Agreement, the aggregate Exercise Price (as well as any applicable withholding or other taxes) shall be paid by cash or check; provided, however, that the Committee may consent, in its discretion, to payment in any of the following forms, or a combination of them:
(a) cash or check;
(b) a “net exercise” (as described in the Plan or such other consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program approved by the Company in connection with the Plan;
(c) surrender of other Shares owned by the Optionee which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares and any applicable withholding; or
(d) any other consideration that the Committee deems appropriate and in compliance with applicable law.
17 |
|
4. Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of the Shares upon exercise or the method of payment of consideration for those shares would constitute a violation of any applicable law or regulation.
5. Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee [IF THE OPTION IS A NSO, THE FOLLOWING LANGUAGE MAY BE INCLUDED PERMITTING LIMITED TRANSFER OF THE OPTION] [; provided, however, that the Optionee may transfer the Options (i) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (as defined by the Code or the rules thereunder) or (ii) to any member of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust, limited liability company, family limited partnership or other equivalent vehicle, established for the exclusive benefit of one or more members of his Immediate Family by delivering to the Company a Notice of Assignment in a form acceptable to the Company. No transfer or assignment of the Option to or on behalf of an Immediate Family member under this Section 5 shall be effective until the Company has acknowledged such transfer or assignment in writing. “Immediate Family” means the Optionee’s parents, spouse, children, siblings, and grandchildren. Following transfer, the Options shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer. In the event an Option is transferred as contemplated in this Section 5, such Option may not be subsequently transferred by the transferee except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.] The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.
6. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.
7. Withholding.
(a) The Committee shall determine the amount of any withholding or other tax required by law to be withheld or paid by the Company with respect to any income recognized by the Optionee with respect to the Option Award.
(b) The Optionee shall be required to meet any applicable tax withholding obligation in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.05 of the Plan.
(c) Subject to any rules prescribed by the Committee, the Optionee shall have the right to elect to meet any withholding requirement (i) by having withheld from this Award at the appropriate time that number of whole shares of common stock whose fair market value is equal to the amount of any taxes required to be withheld with respect to such Award, (ii) by direct payment to the Company in cash of the amount of any taxes required to be withheld with respect to such Award or (iii) by a combination of shares and cash.
8. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined in the Notice and these Terms and Conditions shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan, unless such term is defined in any Employment Agreement between the Optionee and the Company or an Affiliate. Any terms used in the Notice and these Terms and Conditions, but defined in the Optionee’s Employment Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and shall be effective for purposes of the Notice and these Terms and Conditions without regard to the continued effectiveness of the Employment Agreement.
9. Optionee Representations. The Optionee hereby represents to the Company that the Optionee has read and fully understands the provisions of the Notice, these Terms and Conditions and the Plan and the Optionee’s decision to participate in the Plan is completely voluntary. Further, the Optionee acknowledges that the Optionee is relying solely on his or her own advisors with respect to the tax consequences of this stock option award.
18 |
|
10. Regulatory Limitations on Exercises. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Option Agreement, no option exercise or issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Option Agreement shall be effective if (i) the shares reserved under the Plan are not subject to an effective registration statement at the time of such exercise or issuance, or otherwise eligible for an exemption from registration, or (ii) the Company determines in good faith that such exercise or issuance would violate any applicable securities or other law or regulation.
11. Miscellaneous.
(a) Notices. All notices, requests, deliveries, payments, demands and other communications which are required or permitted to be given under these Terms and Conditions shall be in writing and shall be either delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, or by private courier, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the parties at their respective addresses set forth herein, or to such other address as either shall have specified by notice in writing to the other. Notice shall be deemed duly given hereunder when delivered or mailed as provided herein.
(b) Waiver. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of the Notice or these Terms and Conditions shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.
(c) Entire Agreement. These Terms and Conditions, the Notice and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(d) Binding Effect; Successors. These Terms and Conditions shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and to the extent not prohibited herein, their respective heirs, successors, assigns and representatives. Nothing in these Terms and Conditions, express or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto and as provided above, their respective heirs, successors, assigns and representatives any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities.
(e) Governing Law. The Notice and these Terms and Conditions shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
(f) Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of these Terms and Conditions.
(g) Conflicts; Amendment. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated in these Terms and Conditions in their entirety. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these Terms and Conditions and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. The Agreement may be amended at any time by written agreement of the parties hereto.
(h) No Right to Continued Employment. Nothing in the Notice or these Terms and Conditions shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or affect the right of the Company to terminate the Optionee’s employment or service at any time.
(i) Further Assurances. The Optionee agrees, upon demand of the Company or the Committee, to do all acts and execute, deliver and perform all additional documents, instruments and agreements which may be reasonably required by the Company or the Committee, as the case may be, to implement the provisions and purposes of the Notice and these Terms and Conditions and the Plan.
19 |
|
NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD
BT BRANDS, INC.
2019 INCENTIVE PLAN
FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, BT Brands, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants, pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s 2019 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), to the Participant designated in this Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Award (the “Notice”) the number of shares of the common stock of the Company set forth in the Notice, subject to certain restrictions as outlined below in this Notice and the additional provisions set forth in the attached Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Award (the “Agreement”). Also enclosed is a copy of the information statement describing important provisions of the Plan.
Participant: [__________]
Grant Date: [__________]
# of Shares of Restricted Stock: [________]
Purchase Price: Subject to the withholding provisions of Paragraph 5 of the Terms and Conditions, this Restricted Stock Award does not require the Participant to pay any purchase price or other cash consideration in connection with the issuance or delivery of the Restricted Stock.
Vesting Schedule: Subject to the provisions contained in Paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 of the Terms and Conditions, this Restricted Stock Award shall vest, and the applicable Restrictions set forth in the Terms and Conditions shall lapse in accordance with the following schedule, in the event the Participant does not have a Termination of Service prior to the applicable vesting date:
Date of Vesting |
|
Cumulative Amount Vested |
|
[Sample Vesting Schedule] |
|
|
|
First Anniversary of Grant Date |
|
25% |
|
Second Anniversary of Grant Date |
|
50% |
|
Third Anniversary of Grant Date |
|
75% |
|
Fourth Anniversary of Grant Date |
|
100%] |
|
Change in Control: Unless otherwise specified in this Notice of Grant, no accelerated vesting of any Restricted Shares shall occur in the event of a Change in Control.
Forfeiture: The Participant’s rights in the Restricted Stock Award on which the Restrictions have not lapsed pursuant to the vesting schedule provisions above shall be forfeited in full in the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason.
By signing below, the Participant agrees that this Restricted Stock Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2019 Incentive Plan and the attached Terms and Conditions.
Participant |
|
BT Brands, Inc. |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
Date: |
|
Date: |
|
|
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD
These Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Award relates to the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Award (the “Notice”) attached hereto, by and between BT Brands, Inc. (the “Company”), and the person identified in the Notice (the “Participant”).
The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized and approved the 2019 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which has been approved by the stockholders of the Company. The Committee has approved an award to the Participant of a number of shares of the Company’s common stock, conditioned upon the Participant’s acceptance of the provisions set forth in the Notice and these Terms and Conditions within 60 days after the Notice and these Terms and Conditions are presented to the Participant for review. For purposes of the Notice and these Terms and Conditions, any reference to the Company shall include a reference to any Affiliate.
1. Grant of Restricted Stock.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, as of the Grant Date, the Company grants to the Participant the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in the Notice (the “Restricted Shares”), subject to the restrictions set forth in Paragraph 2 of these Terms and Conditions, the provisions of the Plan and the other provisions contained in these Terms and Conditions. If and when the restrictions set forth in Paragraph 2 expire in accordance with these Terms and Conditions without forfeiture of the Restricted Shares, and upon the satisfaction of all other applicable conditions as to the Restricted Shares, such shares shall no longer be considered Restricted Shares for purposes of these Terms and Conditions.
(b) As soon as practicable after the Grant Date, the Company shall direct that a stock certificate or certificates representing the applicable Restricted Shares be registered in the name of and issued to the Participant. Such certificate or certificates shall be held in the custody of the Company or its designee until the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period (as defined in Paragraph 3). On or before the date of execution of the Notice, the Participant has delivered to the Company one or more stock powers endorsed in blank relating to the Restricted Shares.
(c) Except as provided in Paragraph 1(d), in the event that a certificate for the Restricted Shares is delivered to the Participant, such certificate shall bear the following legend (the “Legend”):
The ownership and transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the BT Brands, Inc. 2019 Incentive Plan and a Restricted Stock Award Notice entered into between the registered owner and BT Brands, Inc. Copies of such Plan and Notice are on file in the executive offices of BT Brands, Inc.
In addition, the stock certificate or certificates for the Restricted Shares shall be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is then listed, and any applicable federal or state securities law, and the Company may cause a legend or legends to be placed on such certificate or certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.
(d) As soon as administratively practicable following the expiration of the Restricted Period without a forfeiture of the Restricted Shares, and upon the satisfaction of all other applicable conditions as to the Restricted Shares, including, but not limited to, the payment by the Participant of all applicable withholding taxes, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Participant a certificate or certificates for the applicable Restricted Shares which shall not bear the Legend.
21 |
|
2. Restrictions.
(a) The Participant shall have all rights and privileges of a stockholder as to the Restricted Shares, including the right to vote and receive dividends or other distributions with respect to the Restricted Shares, except that the following restrictions shall apply:
(i) the Participant shall not be entitled to delivery of the certificate or certificates for the Restricted Shares until the expiration of the Restricted Period without a forfeiture of the Restricted Shares and upon the satisfaction of all other applicable conditions;
(ii) none of the Restricted Shares may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the Restricted Period applicable to such shares, except as provided in Section 7.02(c) of the Plan or as otherwise permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion or pursuant to rules adopted by the Committee in accordance with the Plan; and
(iii) all of the Restricted Shares shall be forfeited and returned to the Company and all rights of the Participant with respect to the Restricted Shares shall terminate in their entirety on the terms and conditions set forth in Paragraph 4.
(b) Any attempt to dispose of Restricted Shares or any interest in the Restricted Shares in a manner contrary to the restrictions set forth in these Terms and Conditions shall be void and of no effect.
3. Restricted Period and Vesting. The “Restricted Period” is the period beginning on the Grant Date and ending on the date the Restricted Shares, or such applicable portion of the Restricted Shares, are deemed vested under the schedule set forth in the Notice. The Restricted Shares shall be deemed vested and no longer subject to forfeiture under Paragraph 4 in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice or earlier, if specified in the Notice, in the event of a Change in Control.
4. Forfeiture.
(a) Subject to Paragraph 6 below, if during the Restricted Period (i) the Participant incurs a Termination of Service, (ii) there occurs a material breach of the Notice or these Terms and Conditions by the Participant or (iii) the Participant fails to meet the tax withholding obligations described in Paragraph 5(b), all rights of the Participant to the Restricted Shares that have not vested in accordance with Paragraph 3 as of the date of such termination shall terminate immediately and be forfeited in their entirety.
(b) In the event of any forfeiture under this Paragraph 4, the certificate or certificates representing the forfeited Restricted Shares shall be canceled to the extent of any Restricted Shares that were forfeited.
5. Withholding.
(a) The Committee shall determine the amount of any withholding or other tax required by law to be withheld or paid by the Company with respect to any income recognized by the Participant with respect to the Restricted Shares.
(b) The Participant shall be required to meet any applicable tax withholding obligation in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.05 of the Plan.
(c) Subject to any rules prescribed by the Committee, the Participant shall have the right to elect to meet any withholding requirement (i) by having withheld from this Award at the appropriate time that number of whole shares of common stock whose fair market value is equal to the amount of any taxes required to be withheld with respect to such Award, (ii) by direct payment to the Company in cash of the amount of any taxes required to be withheld with respect to such Award or (iii) by a combination of shares and cash.
6. Committee Discretion. Notwithstanding any provision of the Notice or these Terms and Conditions to the contrary, the Committee shall have discretion under the Plan to waive any forfeiture of the Restricted Shares as set forth in Paragraph 4, the Restricted Period and any other conditions set forth in the Notice or these Terms and Conditions.
22 |
|
7. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined in the Notice and Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan, unless such term is defined in any Employment Agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate. Any terms used in the Notice and Agreement, but defined in the Participant’s Employment Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and shall be effective for purposes of the Notice and these Terms and Conditions without regard to the continued effectiveness of the Employment Agreement.
8. Nonassignability. The Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or to an inter vivos trust with respect to which the Participant is treated as the owner under Sections 671 through 677 of the Code), pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until the restrictions on such Shares, as set forth in the Notice and Agreement, have lapsed or been removed.
9. Participant Representations. The Participant hereby represents to the Company that the Participant has read and fully understands the provisions of the Notice, these Terms and Conditions and the Plan and the Participant’s decision to participate in the Plan is completely voluntary. Further, the Participant acknowledges that the Participant is relying solely on his or her own advisors with respect to the tax consequences of this restricted stock award.
10. Regulatory Restrictions on the Restricted Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the obligation of the Company to issue Restricted Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approval by any regulatory body as may be required. The Company reserves the right to restrict, in whole or in part, the delivery of the Restricted Shares pursuant to these Terms and Conditions prior to the satisfaction of all legal requirements relating to the issuance of such shares, to their registration, qualification or listing or to an exemption from registration, qualification or listing.
11. Miscellaneous.
(a) Notices. All notices, requests, deliveries, payments, demands and other communications which are required or permitted to be given under these Terms and Conditions shall be in writing and shall be either delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, or by private courier, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the parties at their respective addresses set forth herein, or to such other address as either shall have specified by notice in writing to the other. Notice shall be deemed duly given hereunder when delivered or mailed as provided herein.
(b) Waiver. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of the Notice or these Terms and Conditions shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.
(c) Entire Agreement. These Terms and Conditions, the Notice and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(d) Binding Effect; Successors. These Terms and Conditions shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and to the extent not prohibited herein, their respective heirs, successors, assigns and representatives. Nothing in these Terms and Conditions, express or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto and as provided above, their respective heirs, successors, assigns and representatives any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities.
(e) Governing Law. The Notice and these Terms and Conditions shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
(f) Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of these Terms and Conditions.
(g) Conflicts; Amendment. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated in these Terms and Conditions in their entirety. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these Terms and Conditions and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. The Agreement may be amended at any time by written agreement of the parties hereto.
(h) No Right to Continued Employment. Nothing in the Notice or these Terms and Conditions shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or affect the right of the Company to terminate the Participant’s employment or service at any time.
(i) Further Assurances. The Participant agrees, upon demand of the Company or the Committee, to do all acts and execute, deliver and perform all additional documents, instruments and agreements which may be reasonably required by the Company or the Committee, as the case may be, to implement the provisions and purposes of the Notice and these Terms and Conditions and the Plan.
23 |
|
NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD
BT BRANDS, INC.
2019 INCENTIVE PLAN
FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, BT Brands, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants, pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s 2019 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), to the Participant designated in this Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Notice”) the number of shares of the common stock of the Company set forth in the Notice, subject to certain restrictions as outlined below in this Notice and the additional provisions set forth in the attached Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “Agreement”). Also enclosed is a copy of the information statement describing important provisions of the Plan.
Participant: [__________]
Grant Date: [__________]
# of Shares of Restricted Stock Units: [________]
Purchase Price: Subject to the withholding provisions of Section 5 of the Terms and Conditions, this Restricted Stock Unit Award does not require the Participant to pay any purchase price or other cash consideration in connection with this Award, including the issuance or delivery of Common Stock upon vesting of the Award.
Vesting Schedule: Subject to the provisions contained in Sections 4, 5 and 6 of the Terms and Conditions, this Restricted Stock Unit Award shall vest, and the applicable Restrictions set forth in the Terms and Conditions shall lapse in accordance with the following schedule, in the event the Participant does not have a Termination of Service prior to the applicable vesting date:
Date of Vesting |
|
Cumulative Amount Vested |
|
[Sample Vesting Schedule] |
|
|
|
First Anniversary of Grant Date |
|
25% |
|
Second Anniversary of Grant Date |
|
50% |
|
Third Anniversary of Grant Date |
|
75% |
|
Fourth Anniversary of Grant Date |
|
100%] |
|
Change in Control: Unless otherwise specified in this Notice, no accelerated vesting of any Restricted Stock Units shall occur in the event of a Change in Control of the Company (as defined in and subject to the provisions of the Plan).
Forfeiture: The Participant’s rights in the Restricted Stock Unit Award on which the Restrictions have not lapsed pursuant to the vesting schedule provisions above shall be forfeited in full in the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason.
By signing below, the Participant agrees that this Restricted Stock Unit Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2019 Incentive Plan and the attached Terms and Conditions.
Participant |
|
BT Brands, Inc. |
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
Date: |
|
|
Date: |
|
|
24 |
|
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD
These Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award relates to the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Unit Award (the Notice ) attached hereto, by and between BT Brands, Inc. (the Company ), and the person identified in the Notice (the Participant ).
The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized and approved the 2019 Incentive Plan (the Plan ), which has been approved by the Company s stockholders. The Committee has approved an award to the Participant of a number of shares of the Company s common stock, conditioned upon the Participant s acceptance of the provisions set forth in the Notice and these Terms and Conditions within 60 days after the Notice and these Terms and Conditions are presented to the Participant for review. For purposes of the Notice and these Terms and Conditions, any reference to the Company shall include a reference to any Affiliate.
1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units.
(a) As of the Grant Date set forth in the Notice of Grant, the Company grants to the Participant the number of Restricted Stock Units set forth in the Notice of Grant (the Units ), which represent shares of the Company s Common Stock. The Units are subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement, these Terms and Conditions, the provisions of the Plan and the other provisions contained in these Terms and Conditions.
(b) The Units granted under this Agreement shall be reflected in a bookkeeping account maintained by the Company during the Restricted Period. If and when the restrictions set forth in Section 2 expire in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and upon the satisfaction of all other applicable conditions as to the Units, such Units (and any related Dividend Units described in Section 1(c) below) not forfeited pursuant to Section 4 hereof shall be settled in cash or shares of Common Stock as provided in Section 1(e) of this Agreement and otherwise in accordance with the Plan.
(c) With respect to each Unit, whether or not vested, that has not been forfeited (but only to the extent such award of Units has not been settled for cash or Common Stock), the Company shall, with respect to any cash dividends paid on the Common Stock, accrue and credit to the Participant s bookkeeping account a number of Units having a Fair Market Value as of the date such dividend is paid equal to the cash dividends that would have been paid with respect to such Unit if it were an outstanding share of Common Stock (the Dividend Units ). These Dividend Units thereafter shall (i) be treated as Units for purposes of future dividend accruals pursuant to this Section 1(c); and (ii) vest in such amounts (rounded to the nearest whole Unit) at the same time as the Units with respect to which such Dividend Units were received. Any dividends or distributions on Common Stock paid other than in cash shall accrue in the Participant s bookkeeping account and shall vest at the same time as the Units in respect of which they are made (in each case in the same form, based on the same record date and at the same time, as such dividend or other distribution is paid on such Common Stock).
(d) The Company s obligations under this Agreement (with respect to both the Units and the Dividend Units, if any) shall be unfunded and unsecured, and no special or separate fund shall be established and no other segregation of assets shall be made. The rights of Participant under this Agreement shall be no greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company. In addition, the Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Company may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which Common Stock is then listed, any Company policy and any applicable federal or state securities law.
(e) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, settlement of the Units in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1(e) shall be delivered as soon as practicable after the end of the Restricted Period, and upon the satisfaction of all other applicable conditions as to the Units (including the payment by the Participant of all applicable withholding taxes). The Units so payable to the Participant shall be paid solely in shares of Common Stock, solely in cash based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock (determined as of the first business day next following the last day of the Restricted Period), or in a combination of the two, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
25 |
|
2. Restrictions.
(a) The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company by virtue of any Unit unless and until such Unit vests and resulting shares of Common Stock are issued to the Participant:
(b) None of the Units may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the Restricted Period, except as may be permitted by the Plan or as otherwise permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion or pursuant to rules adopted by the Committee in accordance with the Plan.
(c) Any attempt to dispose of the Units or any interest in the Units in a manner contrary to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement shall be void and of no effect.
3. Restricted Period and Vesting. The Restricted Period is the period beginning on the Grant Date and ending on the date the Units, or such applicable portion of the Units, are deemed vested under the schedule set forth in the Notice Subject to the provisions contained in Section 4, 5 and 6, the Units shall be deemed vested and no longer subject to forfeiture under Section 4 upon expiration of the Restricted Period, and the satisfaction of all other applicable conditions as to the Units (including the payment by the Participant of all applicable withholding taxes).
4. Forfeiture. Subject to Section 6 hereof, if during the Restricted Period (i) the Participant incurs a Termination of Service, (ii) there occurs a material breach of the Notice or these Terms and Conditions by the Participant, or (iii) the Participant fails to meet the tax withholding obligations described in Section 5(b) hereof, all rights of the Participant to the Units that have not vested in accordance with Section 3 as of the date of such termination shall terminate immediately and be forfeited in their entirety.
5. Withholding.
(a) The Committee shall determine the amount of any withholding or other tax required by law to be withheld or paid by the Company with respect to any income recognized by the Participant with respect to the Units.
(b) The Participant shall be required to meet any applicable tax withholding obligation in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.
(c) Subject to any rules prescribed by the Committee, the Participant shall have the right to elect to meet any withholding requirement (i) by having withheld from this Award at the appropriate time that number of whole shares of Common Stock whose Fair Market Value is equal to the amount of any taxes required to be withheld with respect to such Award, (ii) by direct payment to the Company in cash of the amount of any taxes required to be withheld with respect to such Award or (iii) by a combination of shares and cash.
6. Committee s Discretion. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Committee shall have discretion under Section 7.02(b) of the Plan to waive any forfeiture of the Units as set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Restricted Period and any other conditions set forth in this Agreement.
7. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined in the Notice and Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan, unless such term is defined in any Employment Agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate. Any terms used in the Notice and Agreement, but defined in the Participant s Employment Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and shall be effective for purposes of the Notice and these Terms and Conditions without regard to the continued effectiveness of the Employment Agreement.
8. Nonassignability. The Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or to an inter vivos trust with respect to which the Participant is treated as the owner under Sections 671 through 677 of the Code), pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until the restrictions on such Units, as set forth in the Notice and Agreement, have lapsed or been removed.
26 |
|
9. Participant Representations. The Participant hereby represents to the Company that the Participant has read and fully understands the provisions of the Notice, these Terms and Conditions and the Plan and the Participant s decision to participate in the Plan is completely voluntary. Further, the Participant acknowledges that the Participant is relying solely on his or her own advisors with respect to the tax consequences of this restricted stock award.
10. Regulatory Restrictions on the Units. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the obligation of the Company to issue Common Stock in connection with this Award under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approval by any regulatory body as may be required. The Company reserves the right to restrict, in whole or in part, the delivery of Common Stock pursuant to these Terms and Conditions prior to the satisfaction of all legal requirements relating to the issuance of such shares, to their registration, qualification or listing or to an exemption from registration, qualification or listing.
11. Miscellaneous.
(j) Notices. All notices, requests, deliveries, payments, demands and other communications which are required or permitted to be given under these Terms and Conditions shall be in writing and shall be either delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, or by private courier, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the parties at their respective addresses set forth herein, or to such other address as either shall have specified by notice in writing to the other. Notice shall be deemed duly given hereunder when delivered or mailed as provided herein.
(k) Waiver. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of the Notice or these Terms and Conditions shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.
(l) Entire Agreement. These Terms and Conditions, the Notice and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(m) Binding Effect; Successors. These Terms and Conditions shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and to the extent not prohibited herein, their respective heirs, successors, assigns and representatives. Nothing in these Terms and Conditions, express or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto and as provided above, their respective heirs, successors, assigns and representatives any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities.
(n) Governing Law. The Notice and these Terms and Conditions shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
(o) Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of these Terms and Conditions.
(p) Conflicts; Amendment. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated in these Terms and Conditions in their entirety. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these Terms and Conditions and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. The Agreement may be amended at any time by written agreement of the parties hereto.
(q) No Right to Continued Employment. Nothing in the Notice or these Terms and Conditions shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or affect the right of the Company to terminate the Participant s employment or service at any time.
(r) Further Assurances. The Participant agrees, upon demand of the Company or the Committee, to do all acts and execute, deliver and perform all additional documents, instruments and agreements which may be reasonably required by the Company or the Committee, as the case may be, to implement the provisions and purposes of the Notice and these Terms and Conditions and the Plan.
27 |
|
NOTICE OF STOCK BONUS AWARD
BT BRANDS, INC.
2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
GRANT NUMBER:
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the BT Brands, Inc. (the “Company”) 2019 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Stock Bonus Award (this “Notice”) and the attached Stock Bonus Award Agreement (the “Agreement”). You have been granted an award of Shares (the “Stock Bonus Award”) under the Plan subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice and the Agreement.
Name: |
|
Address: |
|
Number of Shares: |
|
Date of Grant: |
|
Vesting Commencement Date: |
|
Vesting Schedule: |
Subject to the limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the Agreement, [INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE] |
By accepting the Stock Bonus Award, you and the Company agree that the Stock Bonus Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice and the Agreement. By accepting the Stock Bonus Award, you consent to electronic delivery as set forth in the Agreement.
PARTICIPANT: |
BT BRANDS, INC.: |
|
|
Signature: ___________________________ |
By: ____________________________________ |
Print Name: __________________________ |
Name: __________________________________ |
|
Its: _____________________________________ |
28 |
|
STOCK BONUS AWARD AGREEMENT
BT BRANDS, INC.
2019 INCENTIVE PLAN
You have been granted an award of Shares (the “Stock Bonus Award”) by BT Brands, Inc. (the “Company”) under the Company’s 2019 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), subject to the terms, restrictions and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Stock Bonus Award (the “Notice”) and this Stock Bonus Award Agreement (this “Agreement”).
1. Issuance. Your Stock Bonus Award shall be issued in Shares and the Company’s transfer agent shall record ownership of such Shares in your name as soon as reasonably practicable.
2. No Stockholder Rights. Unless and until you are recorded as the holder of such Shares on the stock records of the Company and its transfer agent, you shall have no right to dividends or to vote Shares.
3. Termination. If your Service terminates for any reason, all Unvested Shares shall immediately be forfeited to the Company, and all rights you have to such Unvested Shares shall immediately terminate. In case of any dispute as to whether a termination of Service has occurred, the Committee shall have sole discretion to determine whether such termination has occurred and the effective date of such termination.
4. Non-Transferability of Stock Bonus Award. Unvested Shares subject to your Stock Bonus Award shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of by you or any person whose interest derives from your interest. “Unvested Shares” are Shares that have not yet vested pursuant to the terms of the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice.
5. Tax Consequences. YOU SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH YOU ARE SUBJECT TO TAX TO DETERMINE ALL OF YOUR TAX OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE SHARES.
6. Withholding Taxes and Stock Withholding. Regardless of any action the Company or your actual employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), you acknowledge that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by you is and remains your responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Stock Bonus Award, including the Stock Bonus Award or vesting of Shares acquired pursuant to the Stock Bonus Award, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to this Stock Bonus Award and the receipt of any dividends and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the award to reduce or eliminate your liability for Tax-Related Items. You acknowledge that if you are subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction, the Company and/or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.
The Company will only recognize you as a record holder of Shares if you have paid or made adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding and payment on account obligations of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, you authorize the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable by you from your wages or other cash compensation paid to you by the Company and/or the Employer. With the Company’s consent, these arrangements may also include, if permissible under local law, (a) withholding Shares that otherwise would be released when they vest, provided that the Company only withholds the amount of Shares necessary to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding amount, (b) having the Company withhold taxes from the proceeds of the sale of the Shares, either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on your behalf and you hereby authorize such sales by this authorization), (c) your payment by cash, check, wire transfer, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, or (d) any other arrangement approved by the Company; all under such rules as may be established by the Committee; provided however, that if you are a Section 16 officer of the Company under the Exchange Act, then the Committee (as constituted in accordance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act) shall establish the method of withholding from alternatives (a)-(d) above, and the Committee shall establish the method prior to the Tax-Related Items withholding event. The Fair Market Value of these Shares, determined as of the effective date when taxes otherwise would have been withheld in cash, will be applied as a credit against the withholding taxes.
29 |
|
Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding rates or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates, in which case you will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Shares equivalent. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, you are deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the vested Stock Bonus Award, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.
You shall pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of your participation in the Plan or your purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. Finally, you acknowledge that the Company has no obligation to deliver Shares to you until you have satisfied the obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this Section.
7. Acknowledgement. The Company and you agree that the Stock Bonus Award is granted under and governed by the Notice, this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan (incorporated herein by reference). You: (i) acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan, (ii) represent that you have carefully read and are familiar with their provisions, and (iii) hereby accept the Stock Bonus Award subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Plan and the Notice. You hereby agree to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan, the Notice and this Agreement.
8. Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The issuance of Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and you with all applicable state, federal and foreign laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s common stock (“Common Stock”) may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer, which compliance the Company shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable. You understand that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Common Stock with any state, federal or foreign securities commission or to seek approval or clearance from any governmental authority for the issuance or sale of the Shares. Further, you agree that the Company shall have unilateral authority to amend the Plan and this Agreement without your consent to the extent necessary to comply with securities or other laws applicable to issuance of Shares. Finally, the Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement shall be endorsed with appropriate legends, if any, determined by the Company.
9. Governing Law; Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
10. No Advice Regarding Grant. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan, or your acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding your participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.
11. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant. You understand that your employment or consulting relationship with the Company is for an unspecified duration, can be terminated at any time (i.e., is “at-will”), and that nothing in this Agreement changes the at-will nature of that relationship. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, to terminate your Service, for any reason, with or without Cause.
30 |
|
12. Imposition of Other Requirements. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on your participation in the Plan, on the Stock Bonus Award and on any Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require you to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.
13. Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights. This Agreement, the Plan and the Notice constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior discussions between them. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning the purchase of the Shares hereunder are superseded. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.
BY ACCEPTING THE STOCK BONUS AWARD, YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE AND IN THE PLAN.
31 |
EXHIBIT 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
BT Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries:
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 1) of our report dated May 9, 2019, relating to the consolidated financial statements of BT Brands, Inc. and Subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
Boulay PLLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
October 18, 2019
Boulay 7500 Flying Cloud Drive Suite 800 Minneapolis, MN 55344 (t) 952.893.9320 (f) 952.835.7296 BoulayGroup.com
Member of Prime Global, A Global Association of Independent Firms